SOUTHERN PACIFIC SECURED ASSET MORT LOAN PA TH CER SE 1996-3
424B5, 1996-08-23
Previous: JCC HOLDINGS CO, 10-12B, 1996-08-23
Next: AAR CORP, DEF 14A, 1996-08-26



PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 14, 1996)

                                  $200,000,000

                      SOUTHERN PACIFIC SECURED ASSETS CORP.
                                     COMPANY

              $150,000,000      ADJUSTABLE RATE     Class A-1 CERTIFICATES
              $ 24,400,000      ADJUSTABLE RATE     Class A-2 CERTIFICATES
              $ 13,800,000           7.15%          Class A-3 CERTIFICATES
              $ 11,800,000           7.60%*         Class A-4 CERTIFICATES
                  *SUBJECT TO INCREASE TO 8.35% AS DESCRIBED HEREIN.

       MORTGAGE LOAN ASSET-BACKED PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1996-3

                      ------------------------------------

                      SOUTHERN PACIFIC FUNDING CORPORATION
                                     SELLER

                      ------------------------------------

         The Series 1996-3 Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Pass-Through Certificates
(the "Certificates") will include the following four senior classes (the "Class
A Certificates"): (i) Class A-1 Certificates (the "Group I Class A
Certificates") and (ii) Class A-2 Certificates, Class A-3 Certificates and Class
A-4 Certificates (collectively, the "Group II Class A Certificates"). In
addition to the Class A Certificates, the Series 1996-3 Mortgage Loan
Asset-Backed Pass-Through Certificates will include the Class I S Certificates
(the "Group I Subordinate Certificates"), the Class II S Certificates (the
"Group II Subordinate Certificates"; and, together with the Group I Subordinate
Certificates, the "Subordinate Certificates") and the Class R Certificates (the
"Residual Certificates"). Only the Class A Certificates are offered hereby. The
Pass-Through Rates (as defined herein) on the Class A-1 Certificates and Class
A-2 Certificates are adjustable and are calculated as described herein. The
Pass-Through Rates on the Class A-3 Certificates and the Class A-4 Certificates
will be the rates set forth above, subject to increase in the case of the Class
A-4 Certificates as described herein. Interest distributions on the Class A
Certificates will be payable monthly at one-twelfth the annual rate.

         The Company has caused MBIA Insurance Corporation (the "Certificate
Insurer") to issue two certificate guaranty insurance policies (the "Certificate
Insurance Policies") for the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders pursuant
to which it will guarantee certain payments to the Class A Certificateholders as
described herein.

                                                   (CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
                               [insert MBIA logo]

                           --------------------------

 PROCEEDS OF THE ASSETS IN THE TRUST FUND AND PROCEEDS FROM THE CERTIFICATE 
        INSURANCE POLICIES ARE THE SOLE SOURCE OF PAYMENTS ON THE CLASS A
      CERTIFICATES. THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES DO NOT REPRESENT AN INTEREST
           IN OR OBLIGATION OF THE COMPANY, THE CERTIFICATE INSURER,
          THE MASTER SERVICER, THE TRUSTEE OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES.
              NEITHER THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES NOR THE UNDERLYING
                MORTGAGE LOANS ARE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY
                     GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY
                   OR BY THE COMPANY, THE MASTER SERVICER OR
                            ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES.

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
       EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
            COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
          PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                     TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

        THE ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK HAS NOT PASSED ON
                  OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING. ANY
                  REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

                           --------------------------

         There is currently no secondary market for the Class A Certificates.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Lehman Brothers Inc. (together, the
"Underwriters") intend to make a secondary market in the Class A Certificates,
but are not obligated to do so. There can be no assurance that a secondary
market for the Class A Certificates will develop or, if it does develop, that it
will continue. The Class A Certificates will not be listed on any securities
exchange.

         The Class A Certificates will be purchased from the Company by the
Underwriters and will be offered by the Underwriters from time to time to the
public in negotiated transactions or otherwise at varying prices to be
determined at the time of sale. The proceeds to the Company from the sale of the
Class A Certificates, before deducting expenses payable by the Company, will be
equal to approximately 99.13% of the aggregate initial principal balance of the
Class A Certificates, plus accrued interest on the Class A-3 Certificates and
Class A-4 Certificates from August 1, 1996.

         The Class A Certificates are offered by the Underwriters subject to
prior sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and
subject to certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to
withdraw, cancel or modify such offer and to reject any order in whole or in
part. It is expected that delivery of the Class A Certificates will be made only
in book-entry form through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, CEDEL
S.A. and the Euroclear System as further discussed herein, on or about August
23, 1996, against payment therefor in immediately available funds. The Class A
Certificates will be offered in Europe and the United States of America.

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED                               LEHMAN BROTHERS

                                 AUGUST 21, 1996

<PAGE>
(CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE)

         The Certificates will each evidence a beneficial ownership interest in
one of two loan groups (each, a "Loan Group") comprising a trust fund (the
"Trust Fund") consisting primarily of certain first lien and second lien
mortgage loans, with terms to maturity of approximately 30 years (the "Mortgage
Loans"), to be deposited by Southern Pacific Secured Assets Corp. (the
"Company") into the Trust Fund for the benefit of the Certificateholders and any
funds on deposit in the Interest Coverage Accounts and the Pre-Funding Accounts
(each as defined herein). The separate Loan Groups are referred to herein as the
"Group I Loans" and "Group II Loans." The Group I Loans are conventional,
adjustable-rate, one- to four-family, first lien mortgage loans. The Group II
Loans are conventional, fixed-rate, one- to four-family, first lien and second
lien mortgage loans. Additional Group I and Group II Loans are intended to be
purchased by the Trust Fund from the Company on or before October 15, 1996 from
funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Accounts. On the Delivery Date (as defined
herein), the Company will pay to the Trustee approximately $40,605,865 and
$9,362,894 for deposit in the Group I and Group II Pre-Funding Account,
respectively. On the Delivery Date, the Company will also pay to the Trustee for
deposit in the Interest Coverage Accounts an amount as required by the
Certificate Insurer and specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The
interest rate (the "Mortgage Rate") on each Group I Loan will be subject to
semi-annual adjustment (in the case of certain of the Group I Loans, after an
initial period of two years or three years from origination) based on the sum of
the Index (as defined herein) and the related Gross Margin (as defined herein),
subject to certain periodic and lifetime rate limitations (as described herein).
The Mortgage Rate on each Group II Loan will be fixed. The Index for the Group I
Loans will be based on six-month London interbank offered rates for United
States dollar deposits ("Six-Month LIBOR") as described herein. Certain
characteristics of the Mortgage Loans are described herein under "Description of
the Mortgage Pool." All distributions (other than Cross-Collateralization
Payments as described herein) and losses with respect to a Loan Group will be
allocated solely among the Certificates related to such Loan Group. The rights
of the holders of the Group I Subordinate Certificates to receive distributions
with respect to the Group I Loans will be subordinate to the rights of the
holders of the Group I Class A Certificates to the extent described herein and
in the Prospectus. The rights of the holders of the Group II Subordinate
Certificates to receive distributions with respect to the Group II Loans will be
subordinate to the rights of the holders of the Group II Class A Certificates to
the extent described herein and in the Prospectus.

         It is a condition of the issuance of the Class A Certificates that
they be rated "AAA" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P") and Duff &
Phelps Credit Rating Co. ("DCR") and "Aaa" by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
("Moody's").

         The Class A Certificates initially will be represented by certificates
registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company
("DTC"), as further described herein. The interests of beneficial owners of the
Class A Certificates will be represented by book entries on the records of DTC
and the participating members of DTC. Persons acquiring beneficial ownership
interests in the Class A Certificates may elect to hold such interests through
DTC in the United States, or CEDEL or Euroclear (each as defined herein) in
Europe. Definitive certificates will be available for the Class A Certificates
only under the limited circumstances described herein. See "Description of the
Certificates--Book-Entry Registration of the Class A Certificates" herein.

         As described herein, a "real estate mortgage investment conduit"
("REMIC") election will be made in connection with the Trust Fund (exclusive of
the Interest Coverage Accounts and the Pre-Funding Accounts) for federal income
tax purposes. The Class A Certificates and the Subordinate Certificates will
represent ownership of "regular interests" in the REMIC and the Class R
Certificates will constitute the sole class of "residual interests" in the
REMIC. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" herein and in the
Prospectus.

         Distributions on the Class A Certificates, will be made on the 25th day
of each month or, if such day is not a business day, then on the next business
day, commencing in September 1996 (each, a "Distribution Date"). As described
herein, interest payable with respect to each Distribution Date (i) on the Group
I Class A Certificates and Class A-2 Certificates, will accrue on the basis of a
360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed during the period commencing
on the Distribution Date immediately preceding the month on which such
Distribution Date occurs and ending on the calendar day immediately preceding
such Distribution Date, except with respect to the first Distribution Date,
which has an accrual period from August 23, 1996 to September 24, 1996 and (ii)
on the Class A-3 and Class A-4 Certificates will accrue on the basis of a 30-day
month, and will be based on the Certificate Principal Balance thereof and the
then-applicable Pass-Through Rate thereof, as reduced by certain interest
shortfalls. Distributions in respect of principal of the Class A Certificates
will be made as described herein under "Description of the Certificates--Class A
Principal Distribution Amount."

         PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD REVIEW THE INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER
"RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE S-21 OF THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE INFORMATION SET
FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 12 OF THE PROSPECTUS BEFORE PURCHASING ANY OF
THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES.

         If purchased at a price other than par, the yield to maturity on the
Class A Certificates will be sensitive to the rate and timing of principal
payments (including prepayments, defaults and liquidations) on the Mortgage
Loans. The Mortgage Loans generally may be prepaid in full or in part at any
time; however, a prepayment may subject the related Mortgagor to a prepayment
charge with respect to the majority of the Mortgage Loans in each Loan Group.
The yield to investors on the Class A Certificates will be adversely affected by
any shortfalls in interest collected on the Mortgage Loans due to prepayments,
liquidations or otherwise, to the extent not otherwise covered as described
herein. See "Summary--Special Prepayment Considerations" and "--Special Yield
Considerations" herein, "Certain Yield and Prepayment Considerations" herein and
"Yield Considerations" in the Prospectus. 

                           --------------------------

         THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
CONSTITUTE PART OF A SEPARATE SERIES OF CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY THE COMPANY AND
ARE BEING OFFERED PURSUANT TO ITS PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 14, 1996, OF WHICH THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS A PART AND WHICH ACCOMPANIES THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT. THE PROSPECTUS CONTAINS IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING THIS
OFFERING WHICH IS NOT CONTAINED HEREIN, AND PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO
READ THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IN FULL. SALES OF THE CLASS A
CERTIFICATES MAY NOT BE CONSUMMATED UNLESS THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS.

         UNTIL NINETY DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS TO WHICH IT RELATES. THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS
IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND
PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

                                       S-2

<PAGE>
                                     SUMMARY

                  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the detailed information appearing elsewhere herein and in the
Prospectus. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have
the meanings assigned in the Prospectus.

Title of Securities.................... Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Pass-Through
                                        Certificates, Series 1996-3.

Company................................ Southern Pacific Secured Assets Corp.
                                        (the "Company"). See "The Company" in
                                        the Prospectus.

Master Servicer........................ Advanta Mortgage Corp. USA ("Advanta" or
                                        the "Master Servicer"). See "Pooling and
                                        Servicing Agreement--The Master
                                        Servicer" herein.

Seller ................................ Southern Pacific Funding Corporation, an
                                        affiliate of the Company (the "Seller").
                                        See "Description of the Mortgage Pool"
                                        herein.
 
Trustee................................ Bankers Trust Company of California,
                                        N.A., a national banking association
                                        (the "Trustee").

Cut-off Date........................... August 1, 1996.

Delivery Date.......................... On or about August 23, 1996.

Denominations.......................... The Class A Certificates will be issued,
                                        maintained and transferred on the
                                        book-entry records of The Depository
                                        Trust Company ("DTC") and its
                                        Participants (as defined in the
                                        Prospectus). The Class A Certificates
                                        will be issued in minimum denominations
                                        of $25,000 and integral multiples of $1
                                        in excess thereof.

Certificate Registration............... The Class A Certificates will be
                                        represented by one or more certificates
                                        registered in the name of Cede & Co., as
                                        nominee of DTC (Class A Certificates so
                                        registered, "Book-Entry Certificates").
                                        No person acquiring an interest in the
                                        Book-Entry Certificates (a "Beneficial
                                        Owner") will be entitled to receive a
                                        Class A Certificate in fully registered,
                                        certificated form (a "Definitive
                                        Certificate"), except under the limited
                                        circumstances described herein. The
                                        interests of Beneficial Owners of the
                                        Book-Entry Certificates will be
                                        represented by book entries on the
                                        records of

                                       S-3

<PAGE>



                                        DTC and participating members of DTC.
                                        Beneficial Owners may elect to hold
                                        their interests in the Class A
                                        Certificates through DTC in the United
                                        States, or Centrale de Livraison de
                                        Valeurs Mobilieres S.A. ("CEDEL") or the
                                        Euroclear System ("Euroclear") in
                                        Europe. Transfers within DTC, CEDEL or
                                        Euroclear, as the case may be, will be
                                        in accordance with the usual rules and
                                        operating procedures of the relevant
                                        system. Cross-market transfers between
                                        persons holding directly or indirectly
                                        through DTC, on the one hand, and
                                        counterparties holding directly or
                                        indirectly through CEDEL or Euroclear,
                                        on the other, will be effected in DTC
                                        through Citibank N.A. ("Citibank") or
                                        Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
                                        York ("Morgan"), the relevant
                                        depositaries of CEDEL and Euroclear,
                                        respectively, and each a participating
                                        member of DTC. All references herein to
                                        Class A Certificates and Class A
                                        Certificateholders reflect the rights of
                                        Beneficial Owners only as such rights
                                        may be exercised through DTC and its
                                        participating organizations, for so long
                                        as such Certificates remain Book-Entry
                                        Certificates. See "Risk
                                        Factors--Book-Entry Certificates" and
                                        "Description of the
                                        Certificates--Book-Entry Registration of
                                        the Class A Certificates".

The Mortgage Pool...................... The Mortgage Pool will consist of two
                                        groups (each a "Loan Group") of mortgage
                                        loans (the "Mortgage Loans"). The
                                        separate Loan Groups are referred to
                                        herein as the "Group I Loans" and "Group
                                        II Loans." The Group I Loans are
                                        conventional, adjustable-rate, one- to
                                        four-family mortgage loans. The Group II
                                        Loans are conventional, fixed-rate, one-
                                        to four- family mortgage loans. The
                                        Initial Group I Loans (as defined
                                        herein) have an initial aggregate
                                        principal balance as of the Cut-off Date
                                        of $109,394,135.13. The Initial Group II
                                        Loans (as defined herein) have an
                                        initial aggregate principal balance as
                                        of the Cut-off Date of $40,637,106.46.
                                        The Group I Loans are secured by first
                                        liens, and the Group II Loans are
                                        secured by first liens and second liens,
                                        on fee simple interests in one- to
                                        four-family residential real properties
                                        (each, a "Mortgaged Property"). The
                                        Initial Group I Loans had approximate
                                        individual principal balances at
                                        origination of at least $19,500 but not
                                        more than $750,000 with an average
                                        principal

                                       S-4

<PAGE>




                                        balance at origination of approximately
                                        $136,794. The Initial Group II Loans had
                                        approximate individual principal
                                        balances at origination of at least
                                        $16,168 but not more than $585,000 with
                                        an average principal balance at
                                        origination of approximately $79,893.
                                        All of the Initial Group I Mortgage
                                        Loans have terms to maturity from the
                                        date of origination or modification of
                                        30 years. Approximately 85.40% of the
                                        Initial Group II Mortgage Loans have
                                        terms to maturity from the date of
                                        origination or modification of 30 years
                                        and 14.60% of the Initial Group II
                                        Mortgage Loans have terms to maturity
                                        from the date of origination or
                                        modification of 15 years or less. The
                                        Initial Group I Loans have a weighted
                                        average remaining term to stated
                                        maturity of approximately 359 months as
                                        of the Cut-off Date. Approximately
                                        70.73% of the Initial Group I Loans (by
                                        aggregate principal balance as of the
                                        Cut-off Date) are refinance mortgage
                                        loans. The Initial Group II Loans have a
                                        weighted average remaining term to
                                        stated maturity of approximately 332
                                        months as of the Cut-off Date.
                                        Approximately 75.80% of the Initial
                                        Group II Loans (by aggregate principal
                                        balance as of the Cut-off Date) are
                                        refinance mortgage loans. None of the
                                        Initial Group I or Group II Loans were
                                        thirty or more days delinquent in their
                                        Monthly Payments (such Mortgage Loans,
                                        "Delinquent Mortgage Loans") as of the
                                        Cut-off Date. Prospective investors in
                                        the Class A Certificates should be
                                        aware, however, that only approximately
                                        24.39% and 40.00% of the Initial Group I
                                        Loans and Initial Group II Loans,
                                        respectively (by aggregate principal
                                        balance as of the Cut-off Date), had a
                                        first Monthly Payment due on or before
                                        July 1, 1996, and therefore, the
                                        remaining Initial Group I Loans and
                                        Initial Group II Loans could not have
                                        been Delinquent Mortgage Loans as of the
                                        Cut-off Date. Approximately 4.68% of the
                                        Initial Group II Loans (by aggregate
                                        principal balance as of the Cut-off
                                        Date) will be secured by second liens on
                                        the related Mortgaged Property. Each of
                                        the Mortgage Loans will have been
                                        originated by the Seller or acquired by
                                        the Seller as described herein. For a
                                        further description of the Mortgage
                                        Loans, see "Description of the Mortgage
                                        Pool" herein.


                                       S-5

<PAGE>




                                        The Mortgage Rate (as defined herein) on
                                        each Group I Loan will be subject to
                                        adjustment, commencing (i) with respect
                                        to approximately 64.96% of the Initial
                                        Group I Loans, approximately six months
                                        after the date of origination, (ii) with
                                        respect to approximately 34.93% of the
                                        Initial Group I Loans, approximately two
                                        years after origination (each such Group
                                        I Loan, a "2/28 Loan") and (iii) with
                                        respect to approximately 0.10% of the
                                        Initial Group I Loans, approximately
                                        three years after origination (each such
                                        Group I Loan, a "3/27 Loan"), on the
                                        date (the "Adjustment Date") specified
                                        in the related Mortgage Note to a rate
                                        equal to the sum (rounded as described
                                        herein) of the related Index as
                                        described below and the Gross Margin (as
                                        defined herein) set forth in the related
                                        Mortgage Note, subject to the
                                        limitations described herein. The amount
                                        of the monthly payment on each such
                                        Mortgage Loan will be adjusted
                                        semi-annually on the first day of the
                                        month following the month in which the
                                        Adjustment Date occurs to the amount
                                        necessary to pay interest at the then
                                        applicable Mortgage Rate and to fully
                                        amortize the outstanding principal
                                        balance of such Mortgage Loan over its
                                        remaining term to stated maturity. As of
                                        the Cut-off Date, the Initial Group I
                                        Loans will bear interest at Mortgage
                                        Rates of at least 6.75% per annum but no
                                        more than 14.875% per annum, with a
                                        weighted average Mortgage Rate of
                                        approximately 10.27% per annum as of the
                                        Cut-off Date. The Group I Loans will
                                        have different Adjustment Dates, Gross
                                        Margins, Periodic Rate Caps, Lifetime
                                        Rate Caps and Lifetime Rate Floors, each
                                        as described herein.

                                        The Mortgage Rate on each Group II Loan
                                        is fixed. As of the Cut-off Date, the
                                        Initial Group II Loans will bear
                                        interest at Mortgage Rates of at least
                                        9.375% per annum but no more than
                                        16.875% per annum, with a weighted
                                        average Mortgage Rate of approximately
                                        11.77% per annum as of the Cut-off Date.

                                        Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
                                        Agreement, the Trust Fund will be
                                        obligated to purchase from the Company
                                        on or before October 15, 1996,
                                        additional Group I Loans and Group II
                                        Loans (the "Group I

                                       S-6

<PAGE>




                                        Subsequent Mortgage Loans" and "Group II
                                        Subsequent Mortgage Loans,"
                                        respectively), subject to certain
                                        conditions described herein. See
                                        "Description of the Mortgage Pool"
                                        herein.

                                        The Mortgage Loans were underwritten in
                                        accordance with the underwriting
                                        standards described in "Description of
                                        the Mortgage Pool--Underwriting
                                        Standards" and Appendix C to this
                                        Prospectus Supplement. See also "Risk
                                        Factors--Underwriting Standards" in this
                                        Prospectus Supplement.

                                        For a further description of the
                                        Mortgage Loans, see "Description of the
                                        Mortgage Pool" herein.

Pre-Funding Accounts................... On the Delivery Date, the Company will
                                        pay to the Trustee approximately
                                        $40,605,865 (the "Group I Original
                                        Pre-Funded Amount") and $9,362,894 (the
                                        "Group II Original Pre-Funded Amount";
                                        and together with the Group I Original
                                        Pre-Funded Amount, the "Original
                                        Pre-Funded Amounts") for deposit in the
                                        Pre-Funding Accounts to provide the
                                        Trust Fund with sufficient funds to
                                        purchase Subsequent Mortgage Loans for
                                        the Group I and Group II Loans. Each
                                        Original Pre-Funded Amount will be
                                        reduced during the related Funding
                                        Period (as defined herein) by the amount
                                        thereof used to purchase Subsequent
                                        Mortgage Loans for the Group I and Group
                                        II Loans in accordance with the Pooling
                                        and Servicing Agreement (on any date of
                                        determination, the related Original
                                        Pre-Funded Amount as so reduced, the
                                        related "Pre-Funded Amount"). See
                                        "Description of the Mortgage
                                        Pool--Conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage
                                        Loans and the Pre-Funding Accounts"
                                        herein.

Interest Coverage Accounts............. On the Delivery Date, the Company will
                                        pay to the Trustee for deposit in the
                                        Interest Coverage Accounts an amount as
                                        required by the Certificate Insurer and
                                        specified in the Pooling and Servicing
                                        Agreement. Funds on deposit in the
                                        Interest Coverage Accounts will be
                                        applied by the Trustee to cover
                                        shortfalls in the Group I and Group II
                                        Class A Interest Distribution Amount
                                        (each, as defined herein) attributable
                                        to the pre-funding feature during the

                                       S-7

<PAGE>




                                        related Funding Period. See "Description
                                        of the Certificates--Interest Coverage
                                        Account" herein.

The Index.............................. The Index applicable with respect to the
                                        Group I Loans shall be based upon the
                                        average of the interbank offered rates
                                        for six-month United States dollar
                                        deposits in the London market
                                        ("Six-Month LIBOR") as published in The
                                        Wall Street Journal and as most recently
                                        available as of the first business day
                                        forty-five, thirty or five days prior to
                                        the Adjustment Date, as specified in the
                                        related Mortgage Note.

                                        In the event that the Index specified in
                                        a Mortgage Note is no longer available,
                                        an index reasonably acceptable to the
                                        Trustee that is based on comparable
                                        information will be selected by the
                                        Master Servicer. See "Description of the
                                        Mortgage Pool" herein.

The Class A Certificates............... The Class A Certificates will each
                                        evidence a beneficial ownership interest
                                        in a trust fund (the "Trust Fund")
                                        consisting primarily of the Mortgage
                                        Pool and any amounts on deposit in the
                                        Interest Coverage Accounts and the
                                        Pre-Funding Accounts. The Class A
                                        Certificates will be issued pursuant to
                                        a Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to be
                                        dated as of the Cut-off Date, among the
                                        Company, the Master Servicer and the
                                        Trustee (the "Pooling and Servicing
                                        Agreement"). The Class A Certificates
                                        will have the following approximate
                                        Certificate Principal Balances as of the
                                        Delivery Date:

                                        $150,000,000   Class A-1 Certificates
                                        $ 24,400,000   Class A-2 Certificates
                                        $ 13,800,000   Class A-3 Certificates
                                        $ 11,800,000   Class A-4 Certificates

                                        The Class A-1 Certificates are referred
                                        to herein as the "Group I Class A
                                        Certificates." The Class A-2
                                        Certificates, Class A-3 Certificates and
                                        Class A-4 Certificates are referred to
                                        herein as the "Group II Class A
                                        Certificates."

                                        For a description of the allocation of
                                        interest and principal distributions to
                                        the Class A Certificates, see
                                        "Summary--Interest Distributions" and
                                        "--Principal Distributions" below, and
                                        "Description of the

                                       S-8

<PAGE>




                                        Certificates--Class A Interest
                                        Distribution Amount" and "--Class A
                                        Principal Distribution Amount" herein.

                                        The Class A Certificates will be
                                        entitled to the benefit of two
                                        certificate guaranty insurance policies
                                        (the "Certificate Insurance Policies")
                                        to be issued by MBIA Insurance
                                        Corporation (the "Certificate Insurer"),
                                        which will insure the payment of (i) on
                                        each Distribution Date, an amount equal
                                        to (a) the related Class A Interest
                                        Distribution Amount (as defined herein)
                                        minus the related Available Funds (as
                                        defined herein) and (b) the related
                                        Subordination Deficit (as defined
                                        herein) (to the extent not covered, with
                                        respect to the Group II Class A
                                        Certificates, by Cross-Collateralization
                                        Payments) and (ii) the unpaid related
                                        Preference Amount (as defined herein).
                                        The Certificate Insurance Policies do
                                        not insure the payment of the Group I
                                        Class A Available Funds Cap
                                        Carry-Forward Amount (as defined
                                        herein). See "Description of the
                                        Certificates."

Pass-Through Rate on the
  Class A Certificates................. The Pass-Through Rate on the Class A-1
                                        Certificates is adjustable and is
                                        calculated as follows: beginning on the
                                        Distribution Date in September 1996, and
                                        on each Distribution Date thereafter,
                                        the Pass-Through Rate applicable to the
                                        Class A-1 Certificates will be adjusted
                                        to equal the greater of (x) the lesser
                                        of (i) (a) with respect to any
                                        Distribution Date which occurs on or
                                        prior to the date on which the aggregate
                                        Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans
                                        is less than 10% of the sum of the
                                        aggregate Principal Balance of the
                                        Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date
                                        and the Original Pre-Funded Amounts,
                                        One-Month LIBOR (as defined herein) plus
                                        0.31%, or (b) with respect to any
                                        Distribution Date thereafter, One-Month
                                        LIBOR plus 1.00% and (ii) the Group I
                                        Class A Available Funds Pass-Through
                                        Rate and (y) 4.50%.

                                        The "Group I Class A Available Funds
                                        Pass-Through Rate," as of any
                                        Distribution Date, is equal to (i) the
                                        weighted average of the Mortgage Rates
                                        of the Group I Loans, minus (ii) the sum
                                        of the Servicing Fee Rate and the rates
                                        per annum at which the Trustee's Fee and
                                        Premium Amount accrue and minus (iii)

                                       S-9

<PAGE>




                                        commencing on the seventh Distribution
                                        Date, 0.50% per annum.

                                        The "Class A-1 Formula Pass-Through
                                        Rate" for a Distribution Date is the
                                        lesser of (x) the rate determined by
                                        clause (i) of the definition of
                                        PassThrough Rate for the Class A-1
                                        Certificates on such Distribution Date
                                        and (y) the weighted average of Net
                                        Lifetime Rate Caps of the Group I Loans.
                                        The Net Lifetime Rate Cap on each Group
                                        I Loan is equal to the related Lifetime
                                        Rate Cap minus the sum of the Servicing
                                        Fee Rate and the rates per annum at
                                        which the Trustee's Fee and the Premium
                                        Amount accrue.

                                        The Pooling and Servicing Agreement
                                        provides that if the Pass-Through Rate
                                        on the Class A-1 Certificates is less
                                        than the Class A-1 Formula PassThrough
                                        Rate and any resulting shortfall in
                                        interest is not paid on such
                                        Distribution Date from any available Net
                                        Monthly Excess Cashflow, as defined
                                        herein, then the amount of any such
                                        shortfall will be carried forward and
                                        paid to the extent of available funds,
                                        as described herein, to the Holders of
                                        the Class A-1 Certificates on future
                                        Distribution Dates and shall accrue
                                        interest at the applicable Class A-1
                                        Formula Pass-Through Rate, until paid
                                        (such shortfall, together with such
                                        accrued interest, the "Group I Class A
                                        Available Funds Cap Carry-Forward
                                        Amount"). The Certificate Insurance
                                        Policies do not cover the Group I Class
                                        A Available Funds Cap Carry-Forward
                                        Amount, nor do the ratings assigned to
                                        the Class A-1 Certificates address the
                                        payment of the Group I Class A Available
                                        Funds Cap CarryForward Amount.

                                        The Pass-Through Rate on the Class A-2
                                        Certificates is adjustable and is
                                        calculated as follows: beginning on the
                                        Distribution Date in September 1996, and
                                        on each Distribution Date thereafter,
                                        the Pass-Through Rate applicable to the
                                        Class A-2 Certificates will be adjusted
                                        to equal the lesser of (i) One-Month
                                        LIBOR (as defined herein) plus 0.12% and
                                        (ii) the Class A-2 Available Funds
                                        Pass-Through Rate.

                                        The "Class A-2 Available Funds
                                        Pass-Through Rate," as of any
                                        Distribution Date, is equal to (i) the

                                      S-10

<PAGE>




                                        weighted average of the Mortgage Rates
                                        of the Group II Loans, minus (ii) the
                                        sum of the Servicing Fee Rate and the
                                        rates per annum at which the Trustee's
                                        Fee and Premium Amount accrue.

                                        The Pass-Through Rate with respect to
                                        the Class A-3 Certificates is fixed at
                                        7.15% per annum. The Pass- Through Rate
                                        on the Class A-4 Certificates is equal
                                        to (i) with respect to any Distribution
                                        Date which occurs on or prior to the
                                        date on which the aggregate Principal
                                        Balance of the Mortgage Loans is less
                                        than 10% of the sum of the aggregate
                                        Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans
                                        as of the Cut-off Date and the Original
                                        Pre-Funded Amounts, 7.60% per annum, and
                                        (ii) with respect to any Distribution
                                        Date thereafter, 8.35% per annum. See
                                        "Description of the Certificates--Class
                                        A Interest Distribution Amounts" herein.

                                        See "Description of the
                                        Certificates--Class A Interest
                                        Distribution Amount" and "--Calculation
                                        of One- Month LIBOR" herein.

Interest Distributions................. On each Distribution Date, the holders
                                        of the Class A Certificates will be
                                        entitled to receive, to the extent of
                                        amounts available for distribution as
                                        described herein, interest distributions
                                        in an amount equal to the sum of (i)
                                        interest accrued for the related Accrual
                                        Period (as defined herein) on the
                                        Certificate Principal Balance thereof
                                        immediately prior to such Distribution
                                        Date at the then-applicable Pass-Through
                                        Rate (based on a 360-day year and the
                                        actual number of days elapsed, with
                                        respect to the Group I Class A
                                        Certificates and the Class A-2
                                        Certificates, and a 30- day month, with
                                        respect to the Class A-3 Certificates
                                        and Class A-4 Certificates), subject to
                                        reduction only in the event of
                                        shortfalls caused by the Relief Act (as
                                        defined in the Prospectus and allocated
                                        as described herein) or the failure of
                                        the Master Servicer to cover Prepayment
                                        Interest Shortfalls to the extent
                                        described herein and (ii) the Group I
                                        Class A Carry-Forward Amount or Group II
                                        Class A Carry-Forward Amount (each as
                                        defined herein), as applicable,
                                        allocable to interest. The aggregate
                                        amount of interest allocable to the
                                        Group I and Group II Class A
                                        Certificates (the related "Class A
                                        Interest Distribution Amount") will

                                      S-11

<PAGE>




                                        be allocable to the related Class A
                                        Certificates on a pro rata basis. See
                                        "Description of the
                                        Certificates--Priority of Payment" and
                                        "--Class A Interest Distribution Amount"
                                        herein.

                                        Any Prepayment Interest Shortfalls (as
                                        defined herein) resulting from full or
                                        partial prepayments in any calendar
                                        month will be offset by the Master
                                        Servicer on the Distribution Date in the
                                        following calendar month to the extent
                                        such Prepayment Interest Shortfalls do
                                        not exceed the Servicing Fee payable to
                                        the Master Servicer with respect to such
                                        Distribution Date. An amount equal to
                                        the Class A Certificates' pro rata
                                        share, based on the amount of interest
                                        payable on each such class, of any
                                        Prepayment Interest Shortfalls not so
                                        covered by the Master Servicer will be
                                        made available by the Certificate
                                        Insurer for distribution to the Class A
                                        Certificateholders. See "Pooling and
                                        Servicing Agreement--Servicing and Other
                                        Compensation and Payment of Expenses"
                                        and "Description of the
                                        Certificates--Class A Interest
                                        Distribution Amount" herein.

Principal Distributions................ Holders of the Group I and Group II
                                        Class A Certificates will be entitled to
                                        receive on each Distribution Date, to
                                        the extent of amounts available for
                                        distribution as described herein
                                        remaining after interest on the Group I
                                        and Group II Class A Certificates,
                                        respectively, is distributed, an amount
                                        (the related "Class A Principal
                                        Distribution Amount") equal to the sum
                                        of (i) the portion of any Group I Class
                                        A Carry-Forward Amount or Group II Class
                                        A Carry-Forward Amount, as applicable,
                                        which relates to a shortfall in a
                                        distribution of a related Subordination
                                        Deficit, (ii) all scheduled installments
                                        of principal in respect of the Mortgage
                                        Loans in the related Loan Group received
                                        or advanced during the related Due
                                        Period, together with all unscheduled
                                        recoveries of principal on such Mortgage
                                        Loans received by the Master Servicer
                                        during the prior calendar month, (iii)
                                        the Principal Balance of each Mortgage
                                        Loan in the related Loan Group that was
                                        repurchased by either the Seller or by
                                        the Company, (iv) any amounts delivered
                                        by the Company on the Master Servicer
                                        Remittance Date (as defined herein)

                                      S-12

<PAGE>




                                        in connection with a substitution of a
                                        Mortgage Loan in the related Loan Group,
                                        (v) the net Liquidation Proceeds (as
                                        defined in the Prospectus) collected by
                                        the Master Servicer of all Mortgage
                                        Loans in the related Loan Group during
                                        the prior calendar month (to the extent
                                        such net Liquidation Proceeds are
                                        related to principal), (vi) the amount
                                        of any related Subordination Deficit for
                                        such Distribution Date, (vii) the
                                        proceeds received by the Trustee of any
                                        termination of the related Loan Group
                                        (to the extent such proceeds are related
                                        to principal), (viii) the amount of any
                                        related Subordination Increase Amount
                                        (as defined herein) for such
                                        Distribution Date and (ix) with respect
                                        to the Group I and Group II Class A
                                        Certificates, with respect to the
                                        Distribution Date occurring in October
                                        1996, any amounts in the related
                                        Pre-Funding Account after giving effect
                                        to any purchase of related Subsequent
                                        Mortgage Loans; MINUS (x) the amount of
                                        any related Subordination Reduction
                                        Amount (as defined herein) for such
                                        Distribution Date.

                                        In no event will any Class A Principal
                                        Distribution Amount with respect to any
                                        Distribution Date be less than zero or
                                        greater than the Certificate Principal
                                        Balance of the related Class A
                                        Certificates.

                                        See "Description of the
                                        Certificates--Priority of Payment" and
                                        "--Class A Principal Distribution
                                        Amount" herein.

Credit Enhancement..................... The credit enhancement provided for the
                                        benefit of the Class A
                                        Certificateholders consists solely of
                                        (a) the overcollateralization mechanics
                                        which utilize the internal cash flows of
                                        the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan
                                        Group (and, to the extent of Cross-
                                        Collateralization Payments payable to
                                        the Group II Class A Certificates as
                                        described herein, cash flows on the
                                        Mortgage Loans in Loan Group I) and (b)
                                        the related Certificate Insurance
                                        Policy.

                                        OVERCOLLATERALIZATION. The subordination
                                        provisions of the Trust Fund result in a
                                        limited acceleration of the Class A
                                        Certificates relative to the
                                        amortization of the Mortgage Loans in
                                        the related Loan Group, generally in the
                                        early months of the transaction. The

                                      S-13

<PAGE>




                                        accelerated amortization is achieved by
                                        the application of certain excess
                                        interest to the payment of the
                                        Certificate Principal Balance of the
                                        related Class A Certificates. This
                                        acceleration feature creates
                                        overcollateralization which equals the
                                        excess of the aggregate Principal
                                        Balances of the Mortgage Loans in the
                                        related Loan Group and the related
                                        PreFunded Amount over the Certificate
                                        Principal Balance of the related Class A
                                        Certificates. Once the required level of
                                        overcollateralization is reached, and
                                        subject to the provisions described in
                                        the next paragraph, the acceleration
                                        feature will cease, unless necessary to
                                        maintain the required level of
                                        overcollateralization.

                                        The Pooling and Servicing Agreement
                                        provides that, subject to certain
                                        trigger tests, the required level of
                                        overcollateralization with respect to
                                        each Loan Group may increase or decrease
                                        over time. An increase would result in a
                                        temporary period of accelerated
                                        amortization of the related Class A
                                        Certificates to increase the actual
                                        level of overcollateralization to its
                                        required level; a decrease would result
                                        in a temporary period of decelerated
                                        amortization to reduce the actual level
                                        of overcollateralization to its required
                                        level. See "Description of the
                                        Certificates-- Overcollateralization
                                        Provisions."

                                        THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICIES. The
                                        Class A Certificateholders will have the
                                        benefit of the related Certificate
                                        Insurance Policy, as discussed more
                                        fully below. See "Description of the
                                        Certificates--The Certificate Guaranty
                                        Insurance Policies" herein.

Certificate Insurer.................... MBIA Insurance Corporation (the
                                        "Certificate Insurer"). See "MBIA
                                        Insurance Corporation" herein.

Certificate Guaranty
  Insurance Policies................... The Certificate Insurer will issue the
                                        Certificate Insurance Policies as a
                                        means of providing additional credit
                                        enhancement to the Class A Certificates.
                                        Under the Certificate Insurance
                                        Policies, the Certificate Insurer will
                                        pay the Trustee, for the benefit of the
                                        holders of the related Class A
                                        Certificates, as further described
                                        herein, an amount that will insure the
                                        payment of (i) on each Distribution
                                        Date, an amount

                                      S-14

<PAGE>




                                        equal to (a) the related Class A
                                        Interest Distribution Amount minus the
                                        related Available Funds and (b) the
                                        related Subordination Deficit (to the
                                        extent not covered, with respect solely
                                        to the Group II Class A Certificates, by
                                        Cross-Collateralization Payments) and
                                        (ii) the related unpaid Preference
                                        Amount. The Certificate Insurance
                                        Policies do not insure the payment of
                                        the Group I Class A Available Funds Cap
                                        Carry-Forward Amount. A payment by the
                                        Certificate Insurer under a Certificate
                                        Insurance Policy is referred to herein
                                        as an "Insured Payment." See
                                        "Description of the Certificates--The
                                        Certificate Guaranty Insurance Policies"
                                        herein.

Cross-Collateralization................ In the event that on any Distribution
                                        Date after giving effect to
                                        distributions pertaining to a particular
                                        Loan Group and its related Certificates
                                        (except for any payment to be made as
                                        principal from proceeds of the related
                                        Certificate Insurance Policy), either a
                                        Reimbursement Amount with respect to
                                        either Loan Group exists or a
                                        Subordination Deficit exists with
                                        respect to Loan Group II or the
                                        Subordinated Amount with respect to Loan
                                        Group II would be less than the related
                                        Required Subordinated Amount (such
                                        difference, a "Cross-Collateralized
                                        Subordination Shortfall"), the Group II
                                        Class A Certificates or the Certificate
                                        Insurer, as the case may be, will be
                                        entitled to receive an additional
                                        payment (a "CrossCollateralization
                                        Payment") in respect of principal to the
                                        extent of such Subordination Deficit or
                                        CrossCollateralized Subordination
                                        Shortfall or as reimbursement of the
                                        Reimbursement Amount, as the case may
                                        be, out of funds then on deposit in the
                                        Certificate Account for the other Loan
                                        Group that is otherwise payable on such
                                        Distribution Date to the Subordinate
                                        Certificates related to such other Loan
                                        Group.

Mandatory Prepayments
  on the Group I and
  Group II Class A
  Certificates......................... The Group I and Group II Class A
                                        Certificates will be prepaid in part on
                                        the October 1996 Distribution Date in
                                        the event that any amount remains on
                                        deposit in the related Pre-Funding
                                        Account on such Distribution Date after
                                        the purchase by the Trust

                                      S-15

<PAGE>




                                        Fund of the related Subsequent Mortgage
                                        Loans, if any. Although no assurance can
                                        be given, it is anticipated by the
                                        Company that the principal amount of the
                                        related Subsequent Mortgage Loans
                                        purchased by the Trust Fund will require
                                        the application of substantially all of
                                        the related Original Pre-Funded Amount
                                        (as defined herein) and that there
                                        should be no material amount of
                                        principal prepaid to the Group I and
                                        Group II Class A Certificateholders from
                                        the related Pre-Funding Account.
                                        However, it is unlikely that the Company
                                        will be able to deliver Subsequent
                                        Mortgage Loans with an aggregate
                                        principal balance identical to the
                                        related Original Pre-Funded Amount. See
                                        "Description of the
                                        Certificates--Mandatory Prepayments on
                                        Group I and Group II Class A
                                        Certificates" herein.

Advances............................... The Master Servicer is required to make
                                        advances ("Advances") in respect of
                                        delinquent payments of principal and
                                        interest on the Mortgage Loans, subject
                                        to the limitations described herein. See
                                        "Description of the
                                        Certificates--Advances" herein and in
                                        the Prospectus.

Optional Termination....................At its option, on any Distribution Date
                                        when the aggregate Principal Balance of
                                        the Mortgage Loans is less than 10% of
                                        the sum of the aggregate principal
                                        balance of the Mortgage Loans as of the
                                        Cut-off Date and the aggregate principal
                                        balance of the Subsequent Mortgage Loans
                                        as of the related Subsequent Cut-off
                                        Date (as defined herein), the holder of
                                        a majority percentage interest of the
                                        Class R Certificates (or the Master
                                        Servicer (or the Certificate Insurer, if
                                        Advanta is removed as Master Servicer)
                                        if the Principal Balance of the Mortgage
                                        Loans is less than 5% of such sum) may
                                        purchase from the Trust Fund all
                                        remaining Mortgage Loans and other
                                        assets thereof at the price described
                                        herein, and thereby effect early
                                        retirement of the related Certificates.
                                        See "Pooling and Servicing
                                        Agreement--Termination" herein and "The
                                        Pooling Agreement--Termination;
                                        Retirement of Certificates" in the
                                        Prospectus.

Special Prepayment
  Considerations....................... The rate and timing of principal
                                        payments on the Class A Certificates
                                        will depend, among other things,

                                      S-16

<PAGE>




                                        on the rate and timing of principal
                                        payments (including prepayments,
                                        defaults, liquidations and purchases of
                                        the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan
                                        Group due to a breach of a
                                        representation or warranty) on the
                                        related Mortgage Loans. As is the case
                                        with mortgage-backed securities
                                        generally, the Class A Certificates are
                                        subject to substantial inherent
                                        cash-flow uncertainties because the
                                        Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group
                                        may be prepaid at any time; however, a
                                        prepayment may subject the related
                                        Mortgagor to a prepayment charge with
                                        respect to the majority of the Mortgage
                                        Loans in each Loan Group. Generally,
                                        when prevailing interest rates increase,
                                        prepayment rates on mortgage loans tend
                                        to decrease, resulting in a slower
                                        return of principal to investors at a
                                        time when reinvestment at such higher
                                        prevailing rates would be desirable.
                                        Conversely, when prevailing interest
                                        rates decline, prepayment rates on
                                        mortgage loans tend to increase,
                                        resulting in a faster return of
                                        principal to investors at a time when
                                        reinvestment at comparable yields may
                                        not be possible.

                                        SEQUENTIALLY PAYING CLASSES. The Group
                                        II Class A Certificates are subject to
                                        various priorities for payment of
                                        principal as described herein.
                                        Distributions of principal on such
                                        classes having an earlier priority of
                                        payment will be affected by the rates of
                                        prepayments of the Group II Loans
                                        earlier than such classes having a later
                                        priority of payment. The timing of
                                        commencement of principal distributions
                                        and the weighted average lives of the
                                        Group II Class A Certificates with a
                                        later priority of payment will be
                                        affected by the rates of prepayments
                                        experienced both before and after the
                                        commencement of principal distributions
                                        on such classes.

                                        See "Description of the
                                        Certificates--Class A Principal
                                        Distribution Amount" and "Certain Yield
                                        and Prepayment Considerations" herein,
                                        and "Maturity and Prepayment
                                        Considerations" in the Prospectus.

Special Yield
   Considerations...................... The yield to maturity on the Class A
                                        Certificates will depend on, among other
                                        things, the rate and timing of principal
                                        payments (including prepayments,

                                      S-17

<PAGE>




                                        defaults, liquidations and purchases of
                                        the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan
                                        Group due to a breach of a
                                        representation or warranty) on the
                                        Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group
                                        and the allocation thereof to reduce the
                                        Certificate Principal Balance thereof.
                                        The yield to maturity on the Class A
                                        Certificates will also depend on the
                                        related Pass-Through Rate and the
                                        purchase price for such Certificates.

                                        If the Class A Certificates are
                                        purchased at a premium and principal
                                        distributions thereon occur at a rate
                                        faster than anticipated at the time of
                                        purchase, the investor's actual yield to
                                        maturity will be lower than that assumed
                                        at the time of purchase. Conversely, if
                                        the Class A Certificates are purchased
                                        at a discount and principal
                                        distributions thereon occur at a rate
                                        slower than that assumed at the time of
                                        purchase, the investor's actual yield to
                                        maturity will be lower than that assumed
                                        at the time of purchase.

                                        The Group I Class A Certificates were
                                        structured assuming, among other things,
                                        a prepayment rate equal to 25% CPR (as
                                        defined herein) and corresponding
                                        weighted average life as described
                                        herein. The Group II Class A
                                        Certificates were structured assuming,
                                        among other things, a prepayment rate
                                        equal to 115% of the Prepayment
                                        Assumption (as defined herein) and
                                        corresponding weighted average lives as
                                        described herein. The prepayment, yield
                                        and other assumptions to be used for
                                        pricing purposes for the Class A
                                        Certificates may vary as determined at
                                        the time of sale.

                                        SEQUENTIALLY PAYING CLASSES. With
                                        respect to the Group II Class A
                                        Certificates, because principal
                                        distributions are paid to certain of
                                        such classes before other classes,
                                        holders of classes having a later
                                        priority of payment bear a greater risk
                                        of losses than holders of classes having
                                        earlier priorities for distribution of
                                        principal.

                                        See "Certain Yield and Prepayment
                                        Considerations" herein and "Yield
                                        Considerations" in the Prospectus.


                                      S-18

<PAGE>




Certain Federal Income Tax
   Consequences........................ A real estate mortgage investment
                                        conduit ("REMIC") election will be made
                                        with respect to the Trust Fund
                                        (exclusive of the Interest Coverage
                                        Accounts and the Pre-Funding Accounts)
                                        for federal income tax purposes. Upon
                                        the issuance of the Class A
                                        Certificates, Thacher Proffitt & Wood,
                                        counsel to the Company, will deliver its
                                        opinion generally to the effect that,
                                        assuming compliance with all provisions
                                        of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
                                        for federal income tax purposes, the
                                        Trust Fund (exclusive of the Interest
                                        Coverage Accounts and the Pre-Funding
                                        Accounts) will qualify as a REMIC under
                                        Sections 860A through 860G of the
                                        Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the
                                        "Code").

                                        For federal income tax purposes, the
                                        Class R Certificates will be the sole
                                        class of "residual interests" in the
                                        REMIC and the Class A Certificates and
                                        the Subordinate Certificates will
                                        represent ownership of "regular
                                        interests" in the REMIC and will
                                        generally be treated as representing
                                        ownership of debt instruments of the
                                        REMIC.

                                        For federal income tax reporting
                                        purposes, the Class A Certificates will
                                        not be treated as having been issued
                                        with original issue discount. The
                                        prepayment assumption that will be used
                                        in determining the rate of accrual of
                                        original issue discount, market discount
                                        and premium, if any, for federal income
                                        tax purposes will be a rate equal to 25%
                                        CPR, with respect to the Group I Class A
                                        Certificates, and 115% of the Prepayment
                                        Assumption, with respect to the Group II
                                        Class A Certificates. No representation
                                        is made that the Mortgage Loans will
                                        prepay at these rates or at any other
                                        rates.

                                        For further information regarding the
                                        federal income tax consequences of
                                        investing in the Class A Certificates,
                                        see "Certain Federal Income Tax
                                        Consequences" herein and in the
                                        Prospectus.

Legal Investment....................... The Group I Class A Certificates will
                                        constitute "mortgage related securities"
                                        for purposes of the Secondary Mortgage
                                        Market Enhancement Act of 1984 ("SMMEA")
                                        for so long as they are rated in at

                                      S-19

<PAGE>




                                        least the second highest rating category
                                        by one or more nationally recognized
                                        statistical rating agencies. The Group
                                        II Class A Certificates will not
                                        constitute "mortgage related securities"
                                        for purposes of SMMEA. Institutions
                                        whose investment activities are subject
                                        to legal investment laws and
                                        regulations, regulatory capital
                                        requirements or review by regulatory
                                        authorities may be subject to
                                        restrictions on investment in the Class
                                        A Certificates and should consult with
                                        their legal advisors. See "Legal
                                        Investment" herein and "Legal Investment
                                        Matters" in the Prospectus.

Ratings................................ It is a condition to the issuance of the
                                        Class A Certificates that they be rated
                                        "AAA" by Standard & Poor's Ratings
                                        Services ("S&P") and Duff & Phelps
                                        Credit Rating Co. ("DCR") and "Aaa" by
                                        Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
                                        ("Moody's"). A security rating is not a
                                        recommendation to buy, sell or hold
                                        securities and may be subject to
                                        revision or withdrawal at any time by
                                        the assigning rating organization. A
                                        security rating does not address the
                                        frequency of prepayments of Mortgage
                                        Loans, or the corresponding effect on
                                        yield to investors. Also, the ratings
                                        issued by S&P, DCR and Moody's on
                                        payment of principal and interest do not
                                        cover the payment of the Group I Class A
                                        Available Funds Cap Carry-Forward
                                        Amount. See "Certain Yield and
                                        Prepayment Considerations" and "Ratings"
                                        herein and "Yield Considerations" and
                                        "Rating" in the Prospectus.

                                      S-20

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

         Prospective Class A Certificateholders should consider, among other
things, the items discussed under "Risk Factors" in the Prospectus and the
following factors in connection with the purchase of the Certificates.

UNDERWRITING STANDARDS

         The Mortgage Loans were underwritten by the Originators (as defined
herein) in accordance with their respective underwriting standards described in
"Description of the Mortgage Pool--Underwriting" below and in Appendix C to this
Prospectus Supplement which are primarily intended to provide single family
mortgage loans for non-conforming credits. A "non-conforming credit" means a
mortgage loan which is ineligible for purchase by FNMA or FHLMC due to credit
characteristics that do not meet the FNMA or FHLMC underwriting guidelines,
including mortgagors whose creditworthiness and repayment ability do not satisfy
such FNMA or FHLMC underwriting guidelines and mortgagors who may have a record
of credit write-offs, outstanding judgments, prior bankruptcies and other credit
items that do not satisfy such FNMA or FHLMC underwriting guidelines.
ACCORDINGLY, MORTGAGE LOANS UNDERWRITTEN UNDER THE ORIGINATORS' NON-CONFORMING
CREDIT UNDERWRITING STANDARDS ARE LIKELY TO EXPERIENCE RATES OF DELINQUENCY,
FORECLOSURE AND LOSS THAT ARE HIGHER, AND MAY BE SUBSTANTIALLY HIGHER, THAN
MORTGAGE LOANS ORIGINATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FNMA OR FHLMC UNDERWRITING
GUIDELINES.

         Under the Originators' non-conforming credit underwriting standards,
the critical factors in underwriting a Mortgage Loan are the income and
employment history of the prospective mortgagor, the creditworthiness of the
prospective mortgagor, an assessment of the value of the related Mortgaged
Property and the adequacy of such property as collateral in relation to the
amount of such Mortgage Loan. Therefore, changes in values of the Mortgaged
Properties may have a greater effect on the delinquency, foreclosure and loss
experience of the related Mortgage Loans than on mortgage loans originated in
accordance with the FNMA or FHLMC credit underwriting guidelines. No assurance
can be given that the values of the Mortgaged Properties in the related Loan
Group have remained or will remain at the levels in effect on the dates of
origination of the related Mortgage Loans. If the values of the Mortgaged
Properties in Loan Group I and Loan Group II decline after the dates of
origination of the related Mortgage Loans, then the rates of delinquencies,
foreclosures and losses on the Group I and Group II Loans may increase and such
increase may be substantial.

         The mortgage loan programs of Oceanmark and SPFC (each, as defined
herein) described in "Description of the Mortgage Pool--Underwriting" in this
Prospectus Supplement and in Appendix C to this Prospectus Supplement were
recently implemented and have produced a relatively low total volume of mortgage
loans. Because all of the Mortgage Loans being sold to the Trust Fund were
underwritten in accordance with these programs, neither Oceanmark nor SPFC has
sufficient historical delinquency, foreclosure or loss experience with respect
to its own loan programs that may be referenced for purposes of estimating the
future delinquency, foreclosure or loss experience on mortgage loans similar to
those originated by them included in Loan Group I or Loan Group II. See
"Description of the Mortgage Pool--Delinquency and Foreclosure Experience"
herein.

DELINQUENCIES AND POTENTIAL DELINQUENCIES

         None of the Initial Group I or Initial Group II Loans were thirty or
more days delinquent in their Monthly Payments (such Mortgage Loans, "Delinquent
Mortgage Loans") as of the Cut-off Date. Prospective investors in the Class A
Certificates should be aware, however, that only approximately 24.39% and 40.00%
of the Initial Group I Loans and Initial Group II Loans, respectively (by
aggregate principal balance as of the Cut-off Date), had a first Monthly Payment
due on or before July 1, 1996,

                                      S-21

<PAGE>



and therefore, the remaining Initial Group I Loans and Initial Group II Loans
could not have been Delinquent Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date.

SECOND LIENS

         Approximately 4.68% of the Initial Group II Loans (by aggregate
outstanding principal balance as of the Cut-off Date) are secured by second
liens on the related Mortgaged Properties. Group II Loans secured by second
mortgages will be entitled to proceeds that remain from the sale of the related
Mortgaged Property after any related senior mortgage loans and prior statutory
liens have been satisfied and, if such were satisfied by the Master Servicer,
after the Master Servicer has been reimbursed. In the event that such proceeds
are insufficient to satisfy such loans and prior liens in the aggregate and the
Certificate Insurer is unable to perform its obligations under the related
Certificate Insurance Policy, the Group II Class A Certificates may bear (i) the
risk of delay in distributions while a deficiency judgment against the borrower
is obtained and (ii) the risk of loss if the deficiency judgment is not realized
upon. See "The Mortgage Pool--The Mortgage Loans" in the Prospectus. In
addition, the rate of default of second mortgage loans may be greater than that
of mortgage loans secured by first liens on comparable properties.

RISK OF MORTGAGE LOAN YIELD REDUCING PASS-THROUGH RATES ON THE GROUP I CLASS A
CERTIFICATES AND CLASS A-2 CERTIFICATES

         The Pass-Through Rates on the Group I Class A Certificates and the
Class A-2 Certificates are generally expected to be based upon clause (i) of the
definition thereof, which is primarily based upon the value of One-Month LIBOR
(as defined herein) as adjusted every month, while (a) the Group I Loans adjust
semi-annually based upon a different index, Six-Month LIBOR, as described under
"Description of the Mortgage Pool--Mortgage Rate Adjustment" herein and (b) the
Group II Loans have fixed rates, as described herein. However, clause (ii) of
the definition of the Pass-Through Rate on the Group I Class A Certificates and
the Class A-2 Certificates limits the Pass-Through Rate on the Group I Class A
Certificates and the Class A-2 Certificates to the Group I Class A Available
Funds Pass-Through Rate and the Class A-2 Available Funds Pass-Through Rate,
respectively, which is (a) with respect to the Group I Class A Certificates,
generally based upon the Mortgage Rates on the Group I Loans, which are subject
to Six-Month LIBOR, and (b) with respect to the Class A-2 Certificates,
generally based upon the Mortgage Rates on the Group II Loans, which are fixed.
As a result, the interest paid to the Group I Class A Certificates and Class A-2
Certificates may be less than would be determined using clause (i) of the
related definition of Pass-Through Rate. In particular, because the Mortgage
Rates on the Group I Loans adjust less frequently, the Pass-Through Rate on the
Group I Class A Certificates may be determined by the Group I Class A Available
Funds Pass-Through Rate for extended periods in a rising interest rate
environment. In addition, with respect to the Group I Class A Certificates,
One-Month LIBOR and Six-Month LIBOR may respond to different economic and market
factors, and there is not necessarily any correlation between them. Thus, it is
possible, for example, that One-Month LIBOR may rise during periods in which
Six-Month LIBOR is stable or is falling or that, even if both One-Month LIBOR
and Six-Month LIBOR rise during the same period, One-Month LIBOR may rise much
more rapidly than Six-Month LIBOR. In addition, the Mortgage Rates on the Group
I Loans are subject to the Periodic Rate Caps and to specified Lifetime Rate
Caps and Lifetime Rate Floors, and the Mortgage Rates on the 2/28 Loans and 3/27
Loans, which represent 34.93% and 0.10% of the Initial Group I Loans,
respectively (by aggregate outstanding principal balance as of the Cut-off
Date), will not have a first Adjustment Date until two years and three years,
respectively, from the origination of each such 2/28 Loan and 3/27 Loan. In
addition, it is possible, with respect to the Class A-2 Certificates, that
OneMonth LIBOR may rise to a level greater than the Class A-2 Available Funds
Pass-Through Rate, because the interest rates on the Group II Loans are fixed.


                                      S-22

<PAGE>



THE SUBSEQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS

         Subsequent Mortgage Loans may have characteristics different from those
of the related Initial Mortgage Loans. However, each Subsequent Mortgage Loan
must satisfy the eligibility criteria referred to herein under "Description of
the Mortgage Pool--Conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage Loans and the Pre-Funding
Accounts" at the time of its conveyance to the Trust Fund and be underwritten in
accordance with the criteria set forth herein under "Description of the Mortgage
Pool--Underwriting" and Appendix C to this Prospectus Supplement.

MANDATORY PREPAYMENT

         To the extent that amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Accounts have
not been fully applied to the purchase of Subsequent Mortgage Loans by the Trust
Fund by the end of the related Funding Period, the Holders of the related Class
A Certificates will receive, as described herein, on the Distribution Date
occurring in October 1996, any amounts in the related Pre-Funding Account after
giving effect to any purchase of related Subsequent Mortgage Loans. Although no
assurances can be given, the Company intends that the principal amount of
Subsequent Mortgage Loans sold to the Trust Fund will require the application of
substantially all amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Accounts and that there
will be no material principal payment to the related Class A Certificateholders
on such Distribution Date.

BOOK-ENTRY CERTIFICATES

         Issuance of the Class A Certificates in book-entry form may reduce the
liquidity of such Certificates in the secondary trading market since investors
may be unwilling to purchase Certificates for which they cannot obtain physical
certificates.

         Since transactions in the Book-Entry Certificates will be effected only
through DTC, CEDEL, Euroclear, participating organizations, indirect
participants and certain banks, the ability of a Beneficial Owner to pledge
Book-Entry Certificates to persons or entities that do not participate in the
DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear systems, or otherwise to take actions in respect of such
Certificates, may be limited due to lack of a physical certificate representing
such Certificates.

         Beneficial Owners may experience some delay in their receipt of
distributions of interest and principal on the Book-Entry Certificates since
such distributions will be forwarded by the Trustee to DTC, and DTC will credit
such distributions to the accounts of its Participants (as defined herein) which
will thereafter credit them to the accounts of Beneficial Owners either directly
or indirectly through indirect participants.

                        DESCRIPTION OF THE MORTGAGE POOL

GENERAL

         The statistical information presented in this Prospectus Supplement
describes only the mortgage loans included in the Trust Fund as of the Delivery
Date (with respect to Loan Group I and Loan Group II, the "Initial Group I
Loans" and "Initial Group II Loans," respectively) and does not include mortgage
loans purchased by the Trust Fund after the Delivery Date (the "Subsequent
Mortgage Loans").

         With respect to Loan Groups I and II, Subsequent Mortgage Loans are
intended to be purchased by the Trust Fund from the Company from time to time on
or before October 15, 1996, from funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Accounts.
The Subsequent Mortgage Loans, if available, will be purchased by the Company,
and sold by the Company to the Trust Fund to become part of the related Loan
Group.

                                      S-23

<PAGE>



The Pooling and Servicing Agreement will provide that the Group I and Group II
Loans, following the conveyance of the Subsequent Mortgage Loans, must conform
in the aggregate for each such Loan Group as determined separately to certain
specified characteristics described below under "--Conveyance of Subsequent
Mortgage Loans and the Pre-Funding Accounts." In the sole discretion of the
Certificate Insurer, Subsequent Mortgage Loans with characteristics varying from
those described herein may be purchased by the Trust Fund; provided, however,
that the addition of such Group I and Group II Loans will not materially affect
the aggregate characteristics of the entire related Loan Group.

         The Mortgage Loans underlying the Certificates consist of the "Group I
Loans," which had an aggregate outstanding principal balance as of the Cut-off
Date of $109,394,135.13, and the "Group II Loans," which had an aggregate
outstanding principal balance as of the Cut-off Date of $40,637,106.46 (each
such group of Mortgage Loans, "Loan Group I" or "Loan Group II," respectively,
or a "Loan Group"). The Group I Loans will consist of conventional, adjustable
rate, monthly payment, first lien mortgage loans with terms to maturity of
approximately 30 years from the date of origination or modification. The Group
II Loans will generally consist of conventional, fixed-rate, monthly payment,
first lien mortgage loans (except that approximately 4.68% of the Initial Group
II Loans are second lien mortgages). Approximately 85.40% of the Initial Group
II Mortgage Loans have terms to maturity from the date of origination or
modification of 30 years and approximately 14.60% of the Initial Group II
Mortgage Loans have terms to maturity from the date of origination or
modification of 15 years or less. The Mortgage Loans will be originated by one
of the Originators, substantially in accordance with the underwriting criteria
described herein under "--Underwriting" below and in Appendix C. The Company
will acquire the Group I Loans and Group II Loans to be included in Mortgage
Pool from Southern Pacific Funding Corporation ("SPFC"), an affiliate of the
Company (the "Seller"). SPFC in turn either originated such Mortgage Loans or
acquired them pursuant to an agreement with Oceanmark Bank, FSB ("Oceanmark").
Oceanmark and SPFC in their capacity as originators of the Mortgage Loans are
referred to herein as the "Originators." The Seller will make certain
representations and warranties with respect to the Mortgage Loans and, as more
particularly described in the Prospectus, will have certain repurchase or
substitution obligations in connection with a breach of any such representation
or warranty, as well as in connection with an omission or defect in respect of
certain constituent documents required to be delivered with respect to the
Mortgage Loans, in any event if such breach, omission or defect cannot be cured
and it materially and adversely affects the interests of Certificateholders. See
"Description of the Mortgage Pool--Representations by Sellers" and "Description
of the Certificates--Assignment of Trust Fund Assets" in the Prospectus and
"--The Seller" below. The Mortgage Loans will have been originated or acquired
by the Originators in accordance with the underwriting criteria described
herein. See "--Underwriting" below and Appendix C to this Prospectus Supplement.

         Pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the
Company will assign the representations and warranties made by the Seller to the
Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders.

         Each Mortgage Loan will contain a customary "due-on-sale" clause. See
"Certain Legal Aspects of Mortgage Loans--Enforceability of Certain Provisions"
in the Prospectus.

         Approximately 60.26% and 72.33% of the Initial Group I Loans and
Initial Group II Loans, respectively, provide for payment of a prepayment
charge. Generally, each such Mortgage Loan provides for payment of a prepayment
charge for certain partial prepayments and all prepayments in full made within
approximately three or five years of the origination of such Mortgage Loan, in
an amount equal to six months' advance interest on the amount of the prepayment
that, when added to all other amounts prepaid during the twelve-month period
immediately preceding the date of the prepayment, exceeds twenty percent of the
original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan. The Seller will be entitled to
all prepayment charges received on the Mortgage Loans and such amounts will not
be available for distribution on the Certificates.

                                      S-24

<PAGE>




         None of the Mortgage Loans originated under the Standard Non-Conforming
Program are insured by a primary mortgage guaranty insurance policy.
Approximately 21.60% and 22.26% of the Initial Group I Loans and Initial Group
II Loans, respectively, by aggregate principal balance as of the Cut-off Date,
had Loan-to-Value Ratios at the date of origination in excess of 80% but will
not be covered by a primary mortgage insurance policy. See "Primary Mortgage
Insurance, Hazard Insurance; Claims Thereunder" in the Prospectus.

MORTGAGE RATE ADJUSTMENT

          The Mortgage Rate (as defined herein) on each Group I Loan will be
subject to adjustment, commencing (i) with respect to approximately 64.96% of
the Initial Group I Loans, approximately six months after the date of
origination, (ii) with respect to approximately 34.93% of the Initial Group I
Loans, approximately two years after origination (each such Group I Loan, a
"2/28 Loan") and (iii) with respect to approximately 0.10% of the Initial Group
I Loans, approximately three years after origination (each such Group I Loan, a
"3/27 Loan"). The Mortgage Rate on each Group I Loan will adjust semi-annually
on the first day of the months specified in the related Mortgage Note (each such
date, an "Adjustment Date") to a rate equal to the sum, generally rounded to the
nearest one-eighth of one percentage point (12.5 basis points), of (i) the
related Index plus (ii) a fixed percentage (the "Gross Margin"), which is
generally subject to a maximum increase or decrease in the Mortgage Rate on any
Adjustment Date (the "Periodic Rate Cap") of 1.00% with respect to approximately
58.35% of the Initial Group I Loans and 1.50% with respect to approximately
41.65% of the Initial Group I Loans (which percentage includes the initial 2/28
Loans, which loans have a Periodic Rate Cap of 1.50% for the first Adjustment
Date and for each Adjustment Date thereafter, and 3/27 Loans, which loans have a
Periodic Rate Cap of 3.00% for the first Adjustment Date and 1.50% for each
Adjustment Date thereafter), each by aggregate Principal Balance as of the
Cut-off Date and to specified maximum and minimum lifetime Mortgage Rates
("Lifetime Rate Caps" and "Lifetime Rate Floors," respectively). The Mortgage
Loans were generally originated with an initial Mortgage Rate below the sum of
the current Index and the Gross Margin. The Index applicable with respect to the
Group I Loans is based upon the average of the interbank offered rates for
six-month United States dollar deposits in the London market ("Six-Month LIBOR")
as published in The Wall Street Journal and as most recently available as of the
first business day forty-five, thirty or five days prior to the Adjustment Date,
as specified in the related Mortgage Note. Due to the application of the
Periodic Rate Caps, Lifetime Rate Caps and Lifetime Rate Floors, the Mortgage
Rate on any Group I Loan as adjusted on any related Adjustment Date, may not
equal the sum of the related Index and the Gross Margin. The Mortgage Rate on
each Group II Loan is fixed. The Due Date is generally the first day of the
month of all of the Mortgage Loans. Four Initial Group II Loans, comprising
approximately 0.24% of the Initial Group II Loans, by aggregate Principal
Balance as of the Cut-off Date, have a first Due Date that is not the first day
of the month.

         Approximately 98.95% of the Initial Group I Loans, including all
Initial Group I Loans that are 2/28 Loans and 3/27 Loans, will not have reached
their first Adjustment Date on or before the Cut-off Date. The initial Mortgage
Rate with respect to such Mortgage Loans is generally lower than the rate that
would have been produced if the applicable Gross Margin had been added to the
Index in effect at origination. Group I Loans that have not reached their first
Adjustment Date are, therefore, more likely to be subject to the Periodic Rate
Cap on their first Adjustment Date.

MORTGAGE LOAN CHARACTERISTICS

GROUP I LOANS

         The Initial Group I Loans will consist of Mortgage Loans with an
aggregate Principal Balance outstanding as of the Cut-off Date, after deducting
payments of principal due on or prior to such date,

                                      S-25

<PAGE>



of $109,394,135.13. All percentages of the Initial Group I Loans described
herein are approximate percentages (except as otherwise indicated) by aggregate
principal balance as of the Cut-off Date.

         Approximately 85.56% and 14.44% of the Initial Group I Loans were
originated by SPFC and Oceanmark, respectively. All of the Initial Group I Loans
have original terms to stated maturity of approximately 30 years.

         All of the Group I Loans are secured by first liens.

         Effective with the first payment due on a Group I Loan after each
related Adjustment Date, the Monthly Payment will be adjusted to an amount that
will fully amortize the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan over
its remaining term. The weighted average number of months from the Cutoff Date
to the next Adjustment Date for the Initial Group I Loans is approximately 11
months.

         As of the Cut-off Date, each Initial Group I Loan will have an unpaid
principal balance of not less than $19,492 or more than $750,000 and the average
unpaid principal balance of the Initial Group I Loans will be approximately
$136,743. The latest stated maturity date of any of the Initial Group I Loans
will be September 1, 2026; however, the actual date on which any Mortgage Loan
is paid in full may be earlier than the stated maturity date due to unscheduled
payments of principal. Based on information supplied by the mortgagors in
connection with their loan applications at origination, approximately 88.21% of
the Initial Group I Loans will be secured by Mortgaged Properties which are
owner occupied primary residences, approximately 1.36% of the Initial Group I
Loans will be secured by Mortgaged Properties which are second homes and
approximately 10.43% of the Initial Group I Loans will be secured by Mortgaged
Properties which are non-owner occupied properties. No Initial Group I Loan
provides for negative amortization or deferred interest.

         Set forth below is a description of certain additional characteristics
of the Initial Group I Loans as of the Cut-off Date (except as otherwise
indicated). Dollar amounts and percentages may not add up to totals due to
rounding.

                                      S-26

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             INITIAL MORTGAGE RATES

                                                                                         PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                         CUT-OFF DATE
INITIAL                   NUMBER OF INITIAL               AGGREGATE UNPAID                 AGGREGATE
MORTGAGE RATES              GROUP I LOANS                 PRINCIPAL BALANCE            PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------             ---------------          -----------------------     --------------------------------
<S>                       <C>                       <C>                         <C>

 6.75% -   6.99%                  1                   $     109,405.73                      0.10%
 7.50% -   7.74%                  2                         181,799.41                      0.17
 7.75% -   7.99%                  8                       1,054,945.27                      0.96
 8.00% -   8.24%                 12                       1,763,191.75                      1.61
 8.25% -   8.49%                 17                       2,371,763.34                      2.17
 8.50% -   8.74%                 20                       2,918,877.12                      2.67
 8.75% -   8.99%                 44                       5,860,657.66                      5.36
 9.00% -   9.24%                 43                       6,996,040.38                      6.40
 9.25% -   9.49%                 35                       6,248,110.11                      5.71
 9.50% -   9.74%                 53                       7,530,037.01                      6.88
 9.75% -   9.99%                 85                      13,163,984.23                     12.03
10.00% -  10.24%                 44                       6,408,553.04                      5.86
10.25% -  10.49%                 61                       8,117,839.16                      7.42
10.50% -  10.74%                 71                       7,759,764.66                      7.09
10.75% -  10.99%                 60                       9,307,916.98                      8.51
11.00% -  11.24%                 46                       5,997,719.52                      5.48
11.25% -  11.49%                 33                       4,739,136.04                      4.33
11.50% -  11.74%                 37                       4,859,492.93                      4.44
11.75% -  11.99%                 35                       3,788,847.86                      3.46
12.00% -  12.24%                 26                       2,894,061.52                      2.65
12.25% -  12.49%                 15                       1,634,566.42                      1.49
12.50% -  12.74%                 22                       2,237,798.90                      2.05
12.75% -  12.99%                  6                         671,094.52                      0.61
13.00% -  13.24%                  9                       1,614,056.49                      1.48
13.25% -  13.49%                  4                         515,903.14                      0.47
13.50% -  13.74%                  3                         184,741.37                      0.17
13.75% -  13.99%                  2                          68,180.57                      0.06
14.25% -  14.49%                  2                          77,750.00                      0.07
14.75% -  14.99%                  4                         317,900.00                      0.29
                                ---                    ---------------                    ------
  TOTAL..........               800                    $109,394,135.13                    100.00%
                                ===                    ===============                    =======
</TABLE>


         The weighted average Initial Mortgage Rate of the Initial Group I Loans
will be approximately 10.27% per annum.



                                      S-27

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           NEXT INTEREST ADJUSTMENT DATE

                                                                                                       PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                       CUT-OFF DATE
                                                NUMBER OF INITIAL         AGGREGATE UNPAID               AGGREGATE
NEXT INTEREST ADJUSTMENT DATE                     GROUP I LOANS           PRINCIPAL BALANCE          PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -----------------------------                   -----------------         -----------------          -----------------
<S>                                             <C>                       <C>                        <C>

September 1996                                              5              $     726,984.69                 0.66%
October 1996                                               18                  2,316,350.55                 2.12
November 1996                                              18                  2,907,257.92                 2.66
December 1996                                              85                 11,476,886.81                10.49
January 1997                                              190                 25,819,834.68                23.60
February 1997                                             181                 27,820,124.83                25.43
June 1998                                                  58                  8,423,119.33                 7.70
July 1998                                                 109                 12,022,121.95                10.99
August 1998                                               134                 17,724,963.00                16.20
September 1998                                              1                     45,675.00                 0.04
May 1999                                                    1                    110,816.37                 0.10
                                                          ---               ---------------               ------
  Total....................................               800               $109,394,135.13               100.00%
                                                          ===               ===============               =======
</TABLE>


         The weighted average remaining months to the next interest Adjustment
Date of the Initial Group I Loans will be approximately 11 months.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   GROSS MARGIN

                                                                                                  PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                  CUT-OFF DATE
                                            NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID               AGGREGATE
GROSS MARGINS                                 GROUP I LOANS          PRINCIPAL BALANCE          PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------                                ---------------      -----------------------   ---------------------
<S>                                         <C>                   <C>                       <C>

3.50% - 3.74%                                            1              $     34,948.60                   0.03%
4.00% - 4.24%                                            1                    74,767.79                   0.07
4.25% - 4.49%                                            1                   109,405.73                   0.10
4.75% - 4.99%                                          117                13,437,034.77                  12.28
5.00% - 5.24%                                           50                 7,126,126.28                   6.51
5.25% - 5.49%                                          196                30,361,797.25                  27.75
5.50% - 5.74%                                           51                 6,542,877.72                   5.98
5.75% - 5.99%                                          187                26,674,874.81                  24.38
6.00% - 6.24%                                           53                 5,619,937.53                   5.14
6.25% - 6.49%                                           63                 9,776,357.67                   8.94
6.50% - 6.74%                                           24                 2,984,975.79                   2.73
6.75% - 6.99%                                           23                 3,106,018.49                   2.84
7.00% - 7.24%                                           15                 1,646,978.51                   1.51
7.25% - 7.49%                                            3                   208,600.57                   0.19
7.50% - 7.74%                                            3                   314,886.40                   0.29
7.75% - 7.99%                                            3                   232,871.93                   0.21
8.00% - 8.24%                                            1                    41,976.51                   0.04
8.25% - 8.49%                                            1                    56,519.23                   0.05
8.50% - 8.74%                                            3                   736,855.84                   0.67
8.75% - 8.99%                                            2                   155,871.57                   0.14
9.50% - 9.74%                                            1                    65,702.14                   0.06
9.75% - 9.99%                                            1                    84,750.00                   0.08
                                                       ---               --------------                 ------
   TOTAL...............................                800              $109,394,135.13                 100.00%
                                                       ===              ===============                 =======
</TABLE>


         The weighted average Gross Margin of the Initial Group I Loans will be
approximately 5.68% per annum.

                                                       S-28

<PAGE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 LIFETIME RATE CAP

                                                                                                      PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                       CUT-OFF DATE
                                                  NUMBER OF INITIAL       AGGREGATE UNPAID              AGGREGATE
LIFETIME RATE CAP                                   GROUP I LOANS         PRINCIPAL BALANCE          PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -----------------                               --------------------   ----------------------   ----------------------
<S>                                             <C>                    <C>                      <C>
13.50% - 13.99%                                              1             $     109,405.73                    0.10%
14.50% - 14.99%                                             12                 1,503,686.11                    1.37
15.00% - 15.49%                                             31                 4,348,929.43                    3.98
15.50% - 15.99%                                             68                 9,313,702.15                    8.51
16.00% - 16.49%                                             76                13,030,176.15                   11.91
16.50% - 16.99%                                            134                20,162,768.65                   18.43
17.00% - 17.49%                                            105                14,526,392.20                   13.28
17.50% - 17.99%                                            130                16,858,106.26                   15.41
18.00% - 18.49%                                             81                11,001,943.74                   10.06
18.50% - 18.99%                                             72                 8,751,040.33                    8.00
19.00% - 19.49%                                             40                 4,451,734.28                    4.07
19.50% - 19.99%                                             26                 2,557,718.53                    2.34
20.00% - 20.49%                                             13                 2,129,959.63                    1.95
20.50% - 20.99%                                              5                   252,921.94                    0.23
21.00% - 21.49%                                              2                    77,750.00                    0.07
21.50% - 21.99%                                              4                    317,900.00                   0.29
                                                           ---               ---------------                 ------
  TOTAL......................................              800              $109,394,135.13                  100.00%
                                                           ===              ===============                  =======
</TABLE>


         The weighted average Lifetime Rate Cap of the Initial Group I Loans
will be approximately 17.25% per annum.

                                                       S-29

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                LIFETIME RATE FLOOR


                                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                             CUT-OFF DATE
                            NUMBER OF INITIAL              AGGREGATE UNPAID                    AGGREGATE
LIFETIME RATE FLOOR           GROUP I LOANS                PRINCIPAL BALANCE               PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------------       --------------------      --------------------------     -------------------------
<S>                       <C>                       <C>                            <C>  
   0.00%                                4                     $   732,795.38                         0.67%
   6.50%  -   6.99%                     1                         109,405.73                         0.10
   7.50%  -   7.99%                    10                       1,236,744.68                         1.13
   8.00%  -   8.49%                    30                       4,194,087.43                         3.83
   8.50%  -   8.99%                    64                       9,441,552.29                         8.63
   9.00%  -   9.49%                    79                      13,268,176.57                        12.13
   9.50%  -   9.99%                   136                      19,620,225.00                        17.94
  10.00%  -  10.49%                   103                      14,263,620.31                        13.04
  10.50%  -  10.99%                   130                      17,004,132.40                        15.54
  11.00%  -  11.49%                    79                      10,736,855.56                         9.81
  11.50%  -  11.99%                    71                       8,570,486.85                         7.83
  12.00%  -  12.49%                    41                       4,528,627.94                         4.14
  12.50%  -  12.99%                    28                       2,908,893.42                         2.66
  13.00%  -  13.49%                    13                       2,129,959.63                         1.95
  13.50%  -  13.99%                     5                         252,921.94                         0.23
  14.00%  -  14.49%                     2                          77,750.00                         0.07
14.50%    -  14.99%                     4                         317,900.00                         0.29
                                      ---                    ---------------                       ------
  TOTAL.............                  800                    $109,394,135.13                       100.00%
                                      ===                    ===============                       =======
</TABLE>



         The weighted average Lifetime Rate Floor of the Initial Group I Loans
(other than the Initial Group I Loans which have a Lifetime Rate Floor of 0.00%)
will be approximately 10.26% per annum.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        REMAINING MONTHS TO STATED MATURITY

                                                                                                    PERCENTAGE OF
REMAINING MONTHS                                                                                    CUT-OFF DATE
      TO                                       NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID              AGGREGATE
STATED MATURITY                                  GROUP I LOANS          PRINCIPAL BALANCE         PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------------                             ---------------     ------------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                             <C>                 <C>                       <C>
340 - 349                                                2            $     491,350.28                    0.45%
350 - 359                                              483               63,510,275.85                   58.06
  360                                                  315               45,392,509.00                   41.49
                                                       ---              --------------                  ------
   TOTAL...................................            800             $109,394,135.13                  100.00%
                                                       ===             ===============                  =======
</TABLE>



         The weighted average remaining term to stated maturity of the Initial
Group I Loans will be approximately 359 months.

                                                       S-30

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               YEARS OF ORIGINATION

                                                                                                    PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                    CUT-OFF DATE
                                               NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID              AGGREGATE
YEARS OF ORIGINATION                             GROUP I LOANS          PRINCIPAL BALANCE         PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------------                            ---------------     ------------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>                       <C>
1995                                                     5               $     859,680.87                 0.79%
1996                                                   795                 108,534,454.26                99.21
                                                       ---                 --------------                -----
  TOTAL....................................            800                $109,394,135.13               100.00%
                                                       ===                ===============               =======
</TABLE>



         The earliest month and year of origination of any Initial Group I Loan
is March 1995 and the latest month and year of origination will be August 1996.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           ORIGINAL LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS


                                                                                                        PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                        CUT-OFF DATE
                                                   NUMBER OF INITIAL         AGGREGATE UNPAID             AGGREGATE
ORIGINAL LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS                        GROUP I LOANS           PRINCIPAL BALANCE        PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -----------------------------                      -----------------         -----------------        -----------------
<S>                                                <C>                       <C>                      <C>
5.01% - 10.00%                                               1                $   243,182.89                0.22%
15.01% - 20.00%                                              1                     60,000.00                0.05
20.01% - 25.00%                                              1                     99,911.16                0.09
25.01% - 30.00%                                              2                     50,550.00                0.05
30.01% - 35.00%                                              6                    301,390.87                0.28
35.01% - 40.00%                                              7                  1,639,730.33                1.50
40.01% - 45.00%                                              5                  1,019,342.24                0.93
45.01% - 50.00%                                             18                  2,356,546.02                2.15
50.01% - 55.00%                                             29                  2,779,970.28                2.54
55.01% - 60.00%                                             41                  4,382,965.09                4.01
60.01% - 65.00%                                             85                 10,753,871.54                9.83
65.01% - 70.00%                                            123                 16,397,571.82               14.99
70.01% - 75.00%                                            172                 24,041,639.72               21.98
75.01% - 80.00%                                            154                 21,633,277.64               19.78
80.01% - 85.00%                                             97                 15,032,670.63               13.74
85.01% - 90.00%                                             58                  8,601,514.90                7.86
                                                           ---                --------------              ------
   TOTAL...................................                800               $109,394,135.13              100.00%
                                                           ===               ===============              =======
</TABLE>



         The minimum and maximum Loan-to-Value Ratios at origination of the
Initial Group I Loans were approximately 6.68% and 90.00%, respectively, and the
weighted average Loan-to-Value Ratio at origination of the Initial Group I Loans
was approximately 73.36%.




                                                       S-31

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               MORTGAGE LOAN PROGRAM

                                                                                                       PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                       CUT-OFF DATE
                                                 NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID               AGGREGATE
LOAN PROGRAM                                       GROUP I LOANS          PRINCIPAL BALANCE          PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ------------                                      ---------------      -----------------------   ---------------------
<S>                                              <C>                   <C>                       <C>
Full Documentation                                       465              $ 56,611,937.40                  51.75%
Alternate Documentation                                   17                 2,095,269.21                   1.92
Lite Documentation                                        61                12,327,856.23                  11.27
No Income Qualification                                   24                 4,404,774.67                   4.03
Stated Income                                            185                27,770,249.41                  25.39
Quick Documentation                                       48                 6,184,048.21                   5.65
                                                         ---               --------------                 ------
  TOTAL......................................            800              $109,394,135.13                 100.00%
                                                         ===              ===============                 =======
</TABLE>


         See "--Underwriting" below and Appendix C to the Prospectus Supplement
for a description of each Originator's mortgage loan documentation programs.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     ORIGINAL MORTGAGE LOAN PRINCIPAL BALANCES

                                                                                              PERCENTAGE OF
    ORIGINAL                                                                                  CUT-OFF DATE
 MORTGAGE LOAN              NUMBER OF INITIAL                AGGREGATE UNPAID                   AGGREGATE
PRINCIPAL BALANCE             GROUP I LOANS                  PRINCIPAL BALANCE              PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------------         -----------------                -----------------              -----------------
<S>                         <C>                              <C>                            <C>
     $0  -  $24,999                 8                            $179,556.03                       0.16%
$ 25,000 -  $49,999                79                           3,181,335.19                        2.91
$ 50,000 -  $74,999               149                           9,259,633.03                        8.46
$ 75,000 -  $99,999               141                          12,217,487.33                       11.17
$100,000 - $124,999               126                          13,931,356.57                       12.74
$125,000 - $149,999                82                          11,138,771.27                       10.18
$150,000 - $174,999                43                           6,926,682.88                        6.33
$175,000 - $199,999                34                           6,298,278.88                        5.76
$200,000 - $224,999                26                           5,492,830.69                        5.02
$225,000 - $249,999                21                           5,014,093.68                        4.58
$250,000 - $274,999                13                           3,378,727.46                        3.09
$275,000 - $299,999                10                           2,872,445.73                        2.63
$300,000 - $324,999                14                           4,364,669.51                        3.99
$325,000 - $349,999                 6                           2,040,061.77                        1.86
$350,000 - $374,999                 8                           2,912,407.14                        2.66
$375,000 - $399,999                 5                           1,936,066.55                        1.77
$400,000 - $424,999                 5                           2,038,942.12                        1.86
$425,000 - $449,999                 4                           1,742,122.23                        1.59
$450,000 - $474,999                 3                           1,362,914.23                        1.25
$475,000 - $499,999                 4                           1,957,086.49                        1.79
$500,000 - $524,999                 6                           3,066,494.28                        2.80
$525,000 - $549,999                 1                             524,602.92                        0.48
$575,000 - $599,999                 4                           2,337,569.15                        2.14
$600,000 - $624,999                 2                           1,224,000.00                        1.12
$625,000 - $649,999                 1                             646,000.00                        0.59
$650,000 - $674,999                 4                           2,600,000.00                        2.38
$750,000 - $774,999                 1                             750,000.00                        0.69
                                    -                             ----------                        ----
  TOTAL..............             800                        $109,394,135.13                     100.00%
                                  ===                        ===============                     =======
                                                                
</TABLE>


  The average original principal balance of the Initial Group I Loans will be
approximately $136,794.

                                                       S-32

<PAGE>





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PROPERTY TYPES

                                                                                                 PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                 CUT-OFF DATE
                                           NUMBER OF INITIAL       AGGREGATE UNPAID                AGGREGATE
PROPERTY TYPE                                GROUP I LOANS         PRINCIPAL BALANCE           PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------                                -------------      --------------------      ----------------------
<S>                                        <C>                  <C>                       <C>
Single-Family                                        673              $91,231,946.00                  83.40%
2-4 Family                                            44                6,631,477.25                    6.06
Condominium                                           49                5,662,009.87                    5.18
PUD                                                   34                5,868,702.01                    5.36
                                                     ---              --------------                  ------
  TOTAL.................................             800             $109,394,135.13                 100.00%
                                                     ===             ===============                 =======
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  RISK CATEGORIES

                                                                                                     PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                      CUT-OFF DATE
                                               NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID                AGGREGATE
RISK CLASSIFICATION                              GROUP I LOANS          PRINCIPAL BALANCE           PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------------                             ---------------     ------------------------  -----------------------
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>                       <C>
A                                                         107               $14,476,024.49                  13.23%
A-                                                        422                62,506,325.39                   57.14
B                                                         150                20,634,891.76                   18.86
C                                                          77                 8,425,649.13                    7.70
D                                                          44                 3,351,244.36                    3.06
                                                           --                 ------------                    ----
  TOTAL....................................               800              $109,394,135.13                 100.00%
                                                          ===              ===============                 =======
</TABLE>


         See "--Underwriting" below and Appendix C to this Prospectus Supplement
for a description of each Originator's risk classifications.


                                                       S-33

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF MORTGAGED PROPERTIES


                                                                                                   PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                   CUT-OFF DATE
                                               NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID             AGGREGATE
STATE                                            GROUP I LOANS          PRINCIPAL BALANCE        PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -----                                            -------------      ---------------------     --------------------
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>                       <C>
California                                                165              $29,987,709.90                27.41%
Colorado                                                  108               12,064,590.74                 11.03
Oregon                                                     89                9,731,218.02                  8.90
Washington                                                 71                9,221,223.98                  8.43
Maryland                                                   33                5,839,628.09                  5.34
Virginia                                                   26                4,180,967.01                  3.82
Florida                                                    27                3,741,984.13                  3.42
Hawaii                                                     16                3,304,249.79                  3.02
Other (Less than 3%)                                      265               31,322,563.47                 28.63
                                                          ---               -------------                 -----
  TOTAL....................................               800             $109,394,135.13               100.00%
                                                          ===             ===============               =======
</TABLE>

         No more than approximately 1.34% of the Initial Group I Loans will be
secured by Mortgaged Properties located in any one zip code.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             PURPOSES OF GROUP I LOANS

                                                                                                    PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                    CUT-OFF DATE
                                               NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID              AGGREGATE
LOAN PURPOSE                                     GROUP I LOANS          PRINCIPAL BALANCE         PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ------------                                    ---------------     ------------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                             <C>                 <C>                       <C>
Refinance (Equity Take-Out)                              446                 $58,506,849.01                53.48%
Purchase                                                 241                  32,020,829.72                 29.27
Refinance (Rate/Term)                                    113                  18,866,456.40                 17.25
                                                         ---                  -------------                 -----
  TOTAL....................................              800                $109,394,135.13               100.00%
                                                         ===                ===============               =======
</TABLE>

         In general, in the case of a Mortgage Loan made for "rate/term"
refinance purposes (not for "equity take-out"), substantially all of the
proceeds are used to pay in full the principal balance of a previous mortgage
loan of the mortgagor with respect to a Mortgaged Property and to pay
origination and closing costs associated with such refinancing. Mortgage Loans
made for "equity take out" refinance purposes involve the use of the proceeds to
pay in full the principal balance of such previous mortgage loan and related
costs except that a portion of the proceeds are generally retained by the
mortgagor for uses unrelated to the Mortgaged Property. The amount of such
proceeds retained by the mortgagor may be substantial.



                                                       S-34

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 OCCUPANCY STATUS

                                                                                                    PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                    CUT-OFF DATE
                                               NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID              AGGREGATE
OCCUPANCY                                        GROUP I LOANS          PRINCIPAL BALANCE         PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ---------                                      -----------------        -----------------         -----------------
<S>                                            <C>                      <C>                       <C>
Investment                                             111                 $11,408,938.79                 10.43%
Primary                                                676                  96,498,940.99                 88.21
Second Homes                                            13                   1,486,255.35                  1.36
                                                      ----               ----------------               -------
  TOTAL....................................            800                $109,394,135.13               100.00%
                                                       ===                ===============               =======
</TABLE>


GROUP II LOANS

         The Initial Group II Loans will consist of Mortgage Loans with an
aggregate Principal Balance outstanding as of the Cut-off Date, after deducting
payments of principal due on or prior to such date, of $40,637,106.46. All
percentages of the Initial Group II Loans described herein are approximate
percentages (except as otherwise indicated) by aggregate principal balance as of
the Cut-off Date.

         Approximately 27.69% and 72.31% of the Initial Group II Loans were
originated by SPFC and Oceanmark, respectively. Approximately 85.40% of the
Initial Group II Loans have original terms to stated maturity of approximately
30 years.

         Approximately 95.32% and 4.68% of the Initial Group II Loans are
secured by first liens and second liens, respectively.

         Ten Initial Group II Loans, representing approximately 2.58% of the
Initial Group II Loans, are balloon payment mortgage loans. Each such Group II
Loan generally amortizes over 360 months, but the final payment (the "Balloon
Payment") on each such Mortgage Loan is due and payable on the 180th month,
except with respect to one Group II Loan, which amortizes over 180 months with
the Balloon Payment due and payable on the 60th month. The amount of the Balloon
Payment on each such Group II Loan is substantially in excess of the amount of
the scheduled monthly payment on such Group II Loan for the period prior to the
Due Date of such Balloon Payment.

         As of the Cut-off Date, each Initial Group II Loan will have an unpaid
principal balance of not less than $16,054 or more than $585,000 and the average
unpaid principal balance of the Initial Group II Loans will be approximately
$79,837. The latest stated maturity date of any of the Initial Group II Loans
will be August 1, 2026; however, the actual date on which any Mortgage Loan is
paid in full may be earlier than the stated maturity date due to unscheduled
payments of principal. Based on information supplied by the mortgagors in
connection with their loan applications at origination, approximately 90.21% of
the Initial Group II Loans will be secured by Mortgaged Properties which are
owner occupied primary residences, approximately 2.71% of the Initial Group II
Loans will be secured by Mortgaged Properties which are second homes and
approximately 7.08% of the Initial Group II Loans will be secured by Mortgaged
Properties which are non-owner occupied properties. No Initial Group II Loan
provides for negative amortization or deferred interest.

         Set forth below is a description of certain additional characteristics
of the Group II Loans as of the Cut-off Date (except as otherwise indicated).
Dollar amounts and percentages may not add up to totals due to rounding.

                                      S-35

<PAGE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  MORTGAGE RATES

                                                                                     PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                      CUT-OFF DATE
                          NUMBER OF INITIAL           AGGREGATE UNPAID                 AGGREGATE
MORTGAGE RATES             GROUP II LOANS             PRINCIPAL BALANCE            PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------            ----------------      -------------------------   ------------------------
<S>                       <C>                   <C>                         <C>
9.25%     -  9.49%                   1                 $    108,833.56                     0.27%
9.50%     -  9.74%                   6                      479,818.14                      1.18
9.75%     -  9.99%                   2                       97,804.02                      0.24
10.00%    -  10.24%                  4                      220,299.60                      0.54
10.25%    -  10.49%                 12                      987,584.01                      2.43
10.50%    -  10.74%                 26                    1,996,688.49                      4.91
10.75%    -  10.99%                 62                    6,721,671.38                     16.54
11.00%    -  11.24%                 34                    2,727,451.35                      6.71
11.25%    -  11.49%                 57                    4,786,094.39                     11.78
11.50%    -  11.74%                 52                    4,729,526.39                     11.64
11.75%    -  11.99%                 62                    4,817,303.96                     11.85
12.00%    -  12.24%                 22                    1,877,010.96                      4.62
12.25%    -  12.49%                 28                    1,882,395.10                      4.63
12.50%    -  12.74%                 26                    1,935,662.65                      4.76
12.75%    -  12.99%                 32                    2,125,375.41                      5.23
13.00%    -  13.24%                 24                    1,351,856.74                      3.33
13.25%    -  13.49%                 13                    1,329,019.99                      3.27
13.50%    -  13.74%                 14                      857,284.12                      2.11
13.75%    -  13.99%                  9                      454,786.19                      1.12
14.00%    -  14.24%                  7                      373,620.38                      0.92
14.25%    -  14.49%                  4                      259,663.64                      0.64
14.75%    -  14.99%                  7                      273,822.67                      0.67
15.00%    -  15.24%                  2                      135,595.11                      0.33
15.25%    -  15.49%                  1                       29,988.21                      0.07
15.75%    -  15.99%                  1                       41,450.00                      0.10
16.75%    -  16.99%                  1                       36,500.00                      0.09
                                   ---                   -------------                    ------
   Total.............              509                  $40,637,106.46                   100.00%
                                   ===                  ==============                   ======

</TABLE>


         The weighted average Mortgage Rate of the Initial Group II Loans will
be approximately 11.77% per annum.

                                      S-36

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        REMAINING MONTHS TO STATED MATURITY

                                                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF
REMAINING MONTHS                                                                                             CUT-OFF DATE
         TO                         NUMBER OF INITIAL                  AGGREGATE UNPAID                        AGGREGATE
STATED MATURITY                       GROUP II LOANS                   PRINCIPAL BALANCE                   PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ------------------                   ----------------        -------------------------------------   -----------------------
<S>                                  <C>                     <C>                                     <C>
    40   -     49                             1                       $     25,242.16                            0.06%
   110   -    119                             7                            178,761.70                             0.44
   120   -    129                             3                             60,710.00                             0.15
   150   -    159                             1                             21,364.19                             0.05
   160   -    169                             1                             71,240.37                             0.18
   170   -    179                            61                          4,129,784.99                            10.16
   180   -    189                            30                          1,444,650.00                             3.56
   350   -    359                           278                         23,919,418.05                            58.86
         360                                127                         10,785,935.00                            26.54
                                            ---                         -------------                            -----
      Total...............                  509                        $40,637,106.46                          100.00%
                                            ===                        ==============                          =======
</TABLE>


         The weighted average remaining term to stated maturity of the Initial
Group II Loans will be approximately 332 months.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               YEARS OF ORIGINATION

                                                                                                      PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                      CUT-OFF DATE
                                               NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID                AGGREGATE
YEARS OF ORIGINATION                            GROUP II LOANS          PRINCIPAL BALANCE           PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------------                           ----------------     -------------------------   ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>                         <C>
1994                                                        1               $     21,364.19                  0.05%
1995                                                        3                    232,369.35                   0.57
1996                                                      505                 40,383,372.92                  99.38
                                                          ---                 -------------                  -----
   Total...................................               509                $40,637,106.46                100.00%
                                                          ===                ==============                ======
</TABLE>



         The earliest month and year of origination of any Initial Group II Loan
is December 1994 and the latest month and year of origination is August 1996.

                                      S-37

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         ORIGINAL LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS(1)

                                                                                                        PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                        CUT-OFF DATE
                                                   NUMBER OF INITIAL         AGGREGATE UNPAID             AGGREGATE
ORIGINAL LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIOS                       GROUP II LOANS           PRINCIPAL BALANCE        PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -----------------------------                      ----------------        ---------------------   --------------------
<S>                                                <C>                     <C>                     <C>
15.01% - 20.00%                                              1                $   25,000.00                 0.06%
25.01% - 30.00%                                              1                    29,971.89                 0.07
30.01% - 35.00%                                              5                   206,462.73                 0.51
35.01% - 40.00%                                              2                    97,997.78                 0.24
40.01% - 45.00%                                              4                   193,929.94                 0.48
45.01% - 50.00%                                             18                 1,304,554.09                 3.21
50.01% - 55.00%                                             12                 1,053,640.88                 2.59
55.01% - 60.00%                                             26                 2,045,133.65                 5.03
60.01% - 65.00%                                             53                 3,985,246.02                 9.81
65.01% - 70.00%                                             74                 5,673,832.10                13.96
70.01% - 75.00%                                             86                 6,669,417.99                16.41
75.01% - 80.00%                                            120                10,306,529.95                25.36
80.01% - 85.00%                                             61                 5,413,470.39                13.32
85.01% - 90.00%                                             46                 3,631,919.05                 8.94
                                                           ---               --------------                ------
         Total.............................                509               $40,637,106.46               100.00%
                                                           ===               ==============               =======
</TABLE>

- -------------------
(1)The Loan-to-Value Ratio of Group II Loans secured by second liens includes
the outstanding principal balance of the related Senior Liens. See "The Mortgage
Pools--The Mortgage Loans" in the Prospectus.

         The minimum and maximum Loan-to-Value Ratios at origination of the
Initial Group II Loans were approximately 17.61% and 90.00%, respectively, and
the weighted average Loan-to-Value Ratio at origination of the Initial Group II
Loans was approximately 73.90%.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               MORTGAGE LOAN PROGRAM

                                                                                                       PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                       CUT-OFF DATE
                                                 NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID               AGGREGATE
LOAN PROGRAM                                       GROUP II LOANS         PRINCIPAL BALANCE          PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ------------                                      ----------------     -----------------------   ---------------------
<S>                                               <C>                  <C>                       <C>
Full Documentation                                       341             $25,699,058.61                   63.24%
Stated Income                                             37               2,981,028.56                     7.34
Alternate Documentation                                    7                 388,438.64                     0.96
Quick Documentation                                       17               1,108,763.42                     2.73
No Income Qualification                                   66               6,204,717.86                    15.27
Lite Documentation                                        41               4,255,099.37                    10.47
                                                         ---             --------------                   ------
   Total.....................................            509             $40,637,106.46                  100.00%
                                                         ===             ==============                  =======
</TABLE>


         See "--Underwriting" below and Appendix C to the Prospectus Supplement
for a description of each Originator's mortgage loan documentation programs.

                                      S-38

<PAGE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     ORIGINAL MORTGAGE LOAN PRINCIPAL BALANCES

                                                                                           PERCENTAGE OF
ORIGINAL                                                                                   CUT-OFF DATE
MORTGAGE LOAN                        NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID               AGGREGATE
PRINCIPAL BALANCE                      GROUP II LOANS         PRINCIPAL BALANCE          PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -----------------                     ----------------     -----------------------   ---------------------
<S>                                   <C>                  <C>                       <C>
     $1   -$24,999                            16             $    333,222.00                   0.82%
 $25,000  -$49,999                           150                5,731,805.69                   14.10
 $50,000  -$74,999                           137                8,311,917.47                   20.45
 $75,000  -$99,999                            92                7,778,865.06                   19.14
$100,000  -$124,999                           50                5,484,821.95                   13.50
$125,000  -$149,999                           20                2,707,922.94                    6.66
$150,000  -$174,999                           13                2,075,196.43                    5.11
$175,000  -$199,999                           11                2,109,759.57                    5.19
$200,000  -$224,999                            5                1,035,670.14                    2.55
$225,000  -$249,999                            3                  709,688.19                    1.75
$250,000  -$274,999                            3                  782,591.71                    1.93
$275,000  -$299,999                            1                  287,905.40                    0.71
$300,000  -$324,999                            1                  311,017.01                    0.77
$325,000  -$349,999                            1                  339,612.53                    0.84
$350,000  -$374,999                            1                  368,756.44                    0.91
$375,000  -$399,999                            2                  790,536.54                    1.95
$400,000  -$424,999                            1                  400,000.00                    0.98
$475,000  -$499,999                            1                  492,817.39                    1.21
$575,000  -$599,999                            1                  585,000.00                    1.44
                                             ---               -------------                  ------
  Total..........................            509              $40,637,106.46                 100.00%
                                             ===              ==============                 =======
</TABLE>


         The average original principal balance of the Initial Group II Loans
will be approximately $79,893.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PROPERTY TYPE

                                                                                                    PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                    CUT-OFF DATE
                                               NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID              AGGREGATE
PROPERTY TYPE                                   GROUP II LOANS          PRINCIPAL BALANCE         PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------                                  ----------------     ------------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>                       <C>
Single-Family                                          437              $ 33,461,194.29                  82.34%
2-4 Family                                              34                 3,457,385.09                   8.51
Condominium                                             26                 2,304,485.23                   5.67
PUD                                                     12                 1,414,041.85                   3.48
                                                       ---               --------------                 ------
         Total.............................            509               $40,637,106.46                100.00%
                                                       ===               ==============                =======
</TABLE>



                                                       S-39

<PAGE>




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  RISK CATEGORIES

                                                                                                    PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                    CUT-OFF DATE
                                               NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID              AGGREGATE
RISK CLASSIFICATION                             GROUP II LOANS          PRINCIPAL BALANCE         PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------------                            ----------------     ------------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>                       <C>
A                                                      148               $12,467,557.59                 30.68%
A-                                                     192                16,231,366.47                  39.94
B                                                      102                 7,299,067.19                  17.96
C                                                       45                 2,620,944.24                   6.45
D                                                       22                 2,018,170.97                   4.97
                                                       ---               --------------                 ------
         Total.............................            509               $40,637,106.46                100.00%
                                                       ===               ==============                =======
</TABLE>



         See "--Underwriting" below and Appendix C to this Prospectus Supplement
for a description of each Originator's risk classifications.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF MORTGAGED PROPERTIES

                                                                                                    PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                    CUT-OFF DATE
                                               NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID              AGGREGATE
STATE                                           GROUP II LOANS          PRINCIPAL BALANCE         PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -----                                          ----------------     ------------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>                       <C>
Florida                                                74                $6,716,319.58                  16.53%
California                                             59                 4,905,794.20                  12.07
Georgia                                                45                 3,503,103.85                   8.62
Virginia                                               24                 2,574,308.91                   6.33
Tennessee                                              29                 2,148,138.08                   5.29
Maryland                                               16                 1,641,089.19                   4.04
New York                                               11                 1,601.217.39                   3.94
South Carolina                                         20                 1,547,450.93                   3.81
Missouri                                               20                 1,365,162.00                   3.36
Oregon                                                 20                 1,275,939.91                   3.14
Washington                                             24                 1,219,583.96                   3.00
Other (Less than 3%)                                  167                12,138,998.46                  29.87
                                                      ---                -------------                 ------
         Total.............................           509               $40,637,106.46                 100.00%
                                                      ===               ==============                 =======
</TABLE>


         No more than approximately 1.44% of the Initial Group II Loans will be
secured by Mortgaged Properties located in any one zip code.

                                      S-40

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            PURPOSES OF GROUP II LOANS

                                                                                                    PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                    CUT-OFF DATE
                                               NUMBER OF INITIAL        AGGREGATE UNPAID              AGGREGATE
LOAN PURPOSE                                    GROUP II LOANS          PRINCIPAL BALANCE         PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ------------                                   ----------------     ------------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>                       <C>
Purchase                                               114              $ 9,835,549.17                24.20%
Refinance (Rate/Term)                                   53                4,982,059.55                 12.26
Refinance (Equity Take-Out)                            342               25,819,497.74                 63.54
                                                       ---               -------------                ------
   Total...................................            509              $40,637,106.46               100.00%
                                                       ===              ==============               =======
</TABLE>


         In general, in the case of a Mortgage Loan made for "rate/term"
refinance purposes (not for "equity take-out"), substantially all of the
proceeds are used to pay in full the principal balance of a previous mortgage
loan of the mortgagor with respect to a Mortgaged Property and to pay
origination and closing costs associated with such refinancing. Mortgage Loans
made for "equity take out" refinance purposes involve the use of the proceeds to
pay in full the principal balance of such previous mortgage loan and related
costs except that a portion of the proceeds are generally retained by the
mortgagor for uses unrelated to the Mortgaged Property. The amount of such
proceeds retained by the mortgagor may be substantial.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 OCCUPANCY STATUS

                                                                                                       PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                                                       CUT-OFF DATE
                                               NUMBER OF INITIAL         AGGREGATE UNPAID                AGGREGATE
OCCUPANCY                                       GROUP II LOANS           PRINCIPAL BALANCE           PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- ---------                                      ----------------     --------------------------   ---------------------
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>                          <C>
Investment                                              42                    $2,877,109.16                   7.08%
Primary                                                450                    36,659,744.41                  90.21
Second Homes                                            17                     1,100,252.89                   2.71
                                                       ---                   --------------                 ------
   Total...................................            509                   $40,637,106.46                 100.00%
                                                       ===                   ==============                 ======
</TABLE>


CONVEYANCE OF SUBSEQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS AND THE PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS

         With respect to Loan Groups I and II, under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, following the initial issuance of the Certificates, the Trust Fund
will be obligated to purchase from the Company during the Funding Period,
subject to the availability thereof, additional Mortgage Loans (the "Subsequent
Mortgage Loans") secured by first and second liens on one- to four-family
residential properties. Each Subsequent Mortgage Loan will have been
underwritten in accordance with the criteria set forth herein under "Description
of the Mortgage Pool--Underwriting" and Appendix C to this Prospectus
Supplement. Subsequent Mortgage Loans will be transferred to the Trust Fund
pursuant to subsequent transfer instruments (the "Subsequent Transfer
Instruments") between the Company and the Trust Fund. In connection with the
purchase of Subsequent Mortgage Loans on such dates of transfer (the "Subsequent
Transfer Dates"), the Trust Fund will be required to pay to the Company from
amounts on deposit in one of the Pre-Funding Accounts (as defined below) a cash
purchase price of 100% of the principal balance thereof. The Company will
designate the Subsequent Transfer Date as the cut-off date (the "Subsequent
Cut-off Date") with respect to the related Subsequent Mortgage Loans purchased
on such date. The amount paid from each Pre-Funding Account on each Subsequent
Transfer Date will not include accrued

                                      S-41

<PAGE>



interest on the related Subsequent Mortgage Loans. Following each Subsequent
Transfer Date, the aggregate principal balance of the Mortgage Loans in the
related Loan Group will increase by an amount equal to the aggregate principal
balance of the related Subsequent Mortgage Loans so purchased and the amount in
the related Pre-Funding Account will decrease accordingly.

         Two accounts (each, a "Pre-Funding Account") will be established by the
Trustee and funded by the Company with approximately $40,605,865 with respect to
Loan Group I (the "Original Group I PreFunded Amount") and $9,362,894 with
respect to Loan Group II (the "Original Group II Pre-Funded Amount") on the
Delivery Date to provide the Trust Fund with sufficient funds to purchase
Subsequent Mortgage Loans. The related Original Pre-Funded Amount will be
reduced during the Funding Period by the amount used to purchase Subsequent
Mortgage Loans for a related Loan Group in accordance with the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement (on any date of determination, the related Original
Pre-Funded Amount as so reduced, the "Pre-Funded Amount"). During the period
(the "Funding Period"), determined separately for Loan Group I and II, from the
Delivery Date until the earliest of (i) the date on which the amount on deposit
in the related Pre-Funding Account is less than $10,000 or (ii) October 15,
1996, the related Pre-Funded Amount will be maintained in the related
Pre-Funding Account.

         Any conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage Loans on a Subsequent Transfer
Date is subject to certain conditions including, but not limited to: (a) each
such Subsequent Mortgage Loan must satisfy the representations and warranties
specified in the related Subsequent Transfer Instrument and the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement; (b) the Company will not select such Subsequent Mortgage
Loans in a manner that it believes is adverse to the interests of the
Certificateholders or the Certificate Insurer; (c) the Company will deliver
certain opinions of counsel acceptable to the Certificate Insurer with respect
to the validity of the conveyance of such Subsequent Mortgage Loans; (d) as of
the respective Subsequent Cutoff Date the Subsequent Mortgage Loans will satisfy
the following criteria: (i) such Subsequent Mortgage Loan may not be 30 or more
days contractually delinquent as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date; (ii)
the remaining stated term to maturity of such Subsequent Mortgage Loan will not
exceed 360 months; (iii) such Subsequent Mortgage Loan may not provide for
negative amortization; (iv) such Subsequent Mortgage Loan will be underwritten
in accordance with the criteria set forth under "Description of the Mortgage
Pool--Underwriting" herein and Appendix C to this Prospectus Supplement; (v)
such Subsequent Mortgage Loan will not have a Loan-to-Value Ratio (or Combined
Loan-to-Value Ratio in the case of second lien Mortgage Loans) greater than 90%;
and (vi) such Subsequent Mortgage Loans will have as of the end of the Funding
Period, a weighted average term since origination not in excess of 6 months. In
addition, following the purchase of any Subsequent Mortgage Loan by the Trust
Fund, the Group I and Group II Loans (including the related Subsequent Mortgage
Loans) will, as determined separately for each Loan Group: (i) have a weighted
average original term to stated maturity of not more than 360 months; (ii) have
a weighted average Loan-to-Value Ratio (or weighted average Combined
Loan-to-Value Ratio in the case of second lien Mortgage Loans) of not more than
75.36% with respect to Loan Group I, and 75.90% with respect to Loan Group II,
each by aggregate principal balance of the related Mortgage Loans; (iii) have no
related Mortgage Loan with a principal balance in excess of $750,000; (iv) have
a weighted average Gross Margin not less than 5.18% with respect to the Group I
Loans; and (v) not have a concentration of second lien Mortgage Loans in excess
of 5.00% with respect to Loan Group II, by aggregate principal balance of the
related Mortgage Loans. In addition, the Trustee shall not agree to any
Subsequent Transfer without a signed certification from the Certificate Insurer
that the Subsequent Mortgage Loans meet the above criteria plus any additional
criteria in the Insurance Agreement. In the sole discretion of the Certificate
Insurer, Subsequent Mortgage Loans with characteristics varying from those set
forth above may be purchased by the Trust Fund; provided, however, that the
addition of such Mortgage Loans will not materially affect the aggregate
characteristics of the entire related Loan Group.


                                      S-42

<PAGE>



THE SELLER

         SPFC (in its capacity as seller, the "Seller") is a California
corporation. SPFC's residential lending division underwrites first and second
lien mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residences. SPFC acquires
mortgage loans through a network of branch offices and approved mortgage
brokers. SPFC also acquires mortgage loans from other financial institutions in
accordance with the underwriting standards described below under "Description of
the Mortgage Pool--Underwriting" and Appendix C to this Prospectus Supplement.
SPFC began originating and acquiring mortgage loans as of May 1, 1995. SPFC is a
publicly-traded company based in Lake Oswego, Oregon, with assets as of June 30,
1996 in excess of $163 million.

UNDERWRITING

THE STANDARD NON-CONFORMING PROGRAM

         All of the Mortgage Loans were underwritten by Oceanmark and SPFC in
accordance with the "Standard Non-Conforming Program" which does not meet the
credit underwriting standards of FNMA or FHLMC. This program is described in
detail in Appendix C to this Prospectus Supplement. Oceanmark's and SPFC's
current single family mortgage loan volume is generally originated based on loan
packages submitted through a mortgage broker network. Such loan packages, which
generally contain relevant credit, property and underwriting information on the
loan request, are compiled by the applicable mortgage broker and submitted to
the respective Originator for approval and funding. The mortgage broker receives
as compensation all or a portion of the loan origination fee charged to the
mortgagor at the time the loan is made. As part of their quality control
procedures, Oceanmark and SPFC accept loan packages submitted by preapproved
mortgage brokers. In connection with the approval process, they require that the
mortgage broker be licensed by the appropriate state agencies, as required, and
review a package of documents consisting of, among other things, an application,
resumes of key personnel, narrative of the company, organizational documentation
and financial statements. At least annually, each of Oceanmark and SPFC reviews
the performance of each of its respective mortgage brokers for poor processing,
misrepresentation, fraud or delinquency, and substandard mortgage brokers are
terminated.

         Each prospective mortgagor completes a mortgage loan application that
includes information with respect to the applicant's liabilities, income, credit
history, employment history and personal information. At least two credit
reports on each applicant from national credit reporting companies are required.
The report typically contains information relating to such matters as credit
history with local and national merchants and lenders, installment debt payments
and any record of defaults, bankruptcies, repossessions, or judgments.

         Mortgaged properties are appraised by licensed appraisers. Neither
Oceanmark nor SPFC approves all appraisers but instead relies on the mortgage
brokers to evaluate the appraiser's experience and ability; however, in the
event that a mortgage broker uses an appraiser who has not been approved by
Oceanmark or SPFC, the related appraisal will be reviewed by an approved
appraiser of Oceanmark or SPFC, respectively, for conformance with their
guidelines. Oceanmark and SPFC require the appraiser to address neighborhood
conditions, site and zoning status and condition and valuation of improvements.
Following each appraisal, the appraiser prepares a report which includes a
reproduction cost analysis (when appropriate) based on the current cost of
constructing a similar home and a market value analysis based on recent sales of
comparable homes in the area. All appraisals are required to conform to the
Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice and FIRREA and must be on
forms acceptable to FNMA and FHLMC. Every appraisal is reviewed by a
non-affiliated appraisal review firm, or by another review appraiser acceptable
to Oceanmark or SPFC before the mortgage loan is made.


                                      S-43

<PAGE>



ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         The description in this Prospectus Supplement of the Mortgage Pool and
the Mortgaged Properties is based upon the Mortgage Pool as constituted at the
close of business on the Cut-off Date, as adjusted for the scheduled principal
payments due on or before such date. Prior to the issuance of the Class A
Certificates, Mortgage Loans may be removed from the Mortgage Pool as a result
of incomplete documentation or otherwise, if the Company deems such removal
necessary or appropriate. A limited number of other mortgage loans may be added
to the Mortgage Pool prior to the issuance of the Class A Certificates. The
Company believes that the information set forth herein will be substantially
representative of the characteristics of the Mortgage Pool as it will be
constituted at the time the Class A Certificates are issued although the range
of Mortgage Rates and maturities and certain other characteristics of the
Mortgage Loans in the Mortgage Pool may vary.

         A Current Report on Form 8-K will be available to purchasers of the
Class A Certificates and will be filed, together with the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, with the Securities and Exchange Commission within fifteen days after
the initial issuance of the Class A Certificates. In the event Mortgage Loans
are removed from or added to the Mortgage Pool as set forth in the preceding
paragraph, such removal or addition will be noted in the Current Report on Form
8-K. In addition, a Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed following each
purchase of Subsequent Mortgage Loans.


                         DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

         The Series 1996-3 Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Pass-Through Certificates,
(the "Certificates") will include the following four senior classes (the "Class
A Certificates"): (i) Class A-1 Certificates (the "Group I Class A
Certificates") and (ii) Class A-2 Certificates, Class A-3 Certificates and Class
A-4 Certificates (collectively, the "Group II Class A Certificates"). In
addition to the Class A Certificates, the Series 1996-3 Mortgage Loan
Asset-Backed Pass-Through Certificates will include the Class I S Certificates
(the "Group I Subordinate Certificates"), the Class II S Certificates (the
"Group II Subordinate Certificates"; and together with the Group I Subordinate
Certificates, the "Subordinate Certificates") and the Class R Certificates (the
"Residual Certificates"). Only the Class A Certificates are offered hereby. The
Pass-Through Rates (as defined herein) on the Group I Class A Certificates and
Class A-2 Certificates are adjustable and are calculated as described under
"--Class A Interest Distribution Amounts" below. The Pass-Through Rate on the
Class A-3 Certificates is fixed at 7.15% per annum. The Pass-Through Rate on the
Class A-4 Certificates is initially 7.60% per annum, but may step up to 8.35%
per annum under the circumstances described herein. Interest distributions on
the Class A Certificates will be payable monthly at one-twelfth the annual rate.

         The Certificates will evidence the entire beneficial ownership interest
in the Trust Fund. The Trust Fund will consist of: (i) the Mortgage Loans; (ii)
such assets as from time to time are identified as deposited in respect of the
Mortgage Loans in the Certificate Account; (iii) property acquired by
foreclosure of such Mortgage Loans or deed in lieu of foreclosure; (iv) the
Trustee's rights with respect to the Mortgage Loans under all insurance policies
(including the Certificate Insurance Policies) required to be maintained
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any proceeds thereof; (v)
liquidation proceeds; (vi) released mortgaged property proceeds; and (vii)
amounts on deposit in the Interest Coverage Accounts and the Pre-Funding
Accounts.

         Distributions on the Class A Certificates will be made on the 25th day
of each month or, if such day is not a business day, then on the next succeeding
business day (each, a "Distribution Date"), commencing in September 1996, to
Certificateholders of record on the immediately preceding Record

                                      S-44

<PAGE>



Date. The record date (the "Record Date") for each Distribution Date will be the
close of business on the last day of the month immediately preceding the related
Distribution Date.

         The Class A Certificates will be issued, maintained and transferred on
the book-entry records of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and its
Participants (as defined in the Prospectus). The Class A Certificates will be
issued in minimum denominations of $25,000 and integral multiples of $1 in
excess thereof.

         The Class A Certificates will be represented by one or more
certificates registered in the name of the nominee of DTC (Class A Certificates
so registered, "Book-Entry Certificates"). The Company has been informed by DTC
that DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co. ("Cede"). No person acquiring an interest
in the Class A Certificates (a "Beneficial Owner") will be entitled to receive a
certificate representing such person's interest (a "Definitive Certificate"),
except as set forth below under "--BookEntry Registration of the Class A
Certificates--Definitive Certificates." Unless and until Definitive Certificates
are issued for the Class A Certificates under the limited circumstances
described herein, all references to actions by Certificateholders with respect
to the Class A Certificates shall refer to actions taken by DTC upon
instructions from its Participants, and all references herein to distributions,
notices, reports and statements to Certificateholders with respect to the Class
A Certificates shall refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to
DTC or Cede, as the registered holder of the Class A Certificates, for
distribution to Beneficial Owners by DTC in accordance with DTC procedures.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION OF THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES

         GENERAL. Beneficial Owners that are not Participants or Intermediaries
(as defined in the Prospectus) but desire to purchase, sell or otherwise
transfer ownership of, or other interests in, the related Class A Certificates
may do so only through Participants and Intermediaries. In addition, Beneficial
Owners will receive all distributions of principal of and interest on the
related Class A Certificates from the Paying Agent (as defined in the
Prospectus) through DTC and Participants. Accordingly, Beneficial Owners may
experience delays in their receipt of payments. Unless and until Definitive
Certificates are issued for the related Class A Certificates, it is anticipated
that the only registered Certificateholder of such Class A Certificates will be
Cede, as nominee of DTC. Beneficial Owners will not be recognized by the Trustee
or the Master Servicer as Certificateholders, as such term is used in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and Beneficial Owners will be permitted to
receive information furnished to Certificateholders and to exercise the rights
of Certificateholders only indirectly through DTC, its Participants and
Intermediaries.

         Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC
and its operations (the "Rules"), DTC is required to make book-entry transfers
of Class A Certificates among Participants and to receive and transmit
distributions of principal of, and interest on, such Class A Certificates.
Participants and Intermediaries with which Beneficial Owners have accounts with
respect to such Class A Certificates similarly are required to make book-entry
transfers and receive and transmit such distributions on behalf of their
respective Beneficial Owners. Accordingly, although Beneficial Owners will not
possess physical certificates evidencing their interests in the Class A
Certificates, the Rules provide a mechanism by which Beneficial Owners, through
their Participants and Intermediaries, will receive distributions and will be
able to transfer their interests in the Class A Certificates.

         None of the Company, the Master Servicer or the Trustee will have any
liability for any actions taken by DTC or its nominee or CEDEL or Euroclear,
including, without limitation, actions for any aspect of the records relating to
or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Class A
Certificates held by Cede, as nominee for DTC, or for maintaining, supervising
or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.


                                      S-45

<PAGE>



         DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES. Definitive Certificates will be issued to
Beneficial Owners or their nominees, respectively, rather than to DTC or its
nominee, only under the limited conditions set forth in the Prospectus under
"Description of the Certificates--Form of Certificates."

         Upon the occurrence of an event described in the Prospectus in the
third paragraph under "Description of the Certificates-Form of Certificates,"
the Trustee is required to notify, through DTC, Participants who have ownership
of Class A Certificates as indicated on the records of DTC of the availability
of Definitive Certificates for their Class A Certificates. Upon surrender by DTC
of the definitive certificates representing the Class A Certificates and upon
receipt of instructions from DTC for re-registration, the Trustee will reissue
the Class A Certificates as Definitive Certificates issued in the respective
principal amounts owned by individual Beneficial Owners, and thereafter the
Trustee and the Master Servicer will recognize the holders of such Definitive
Certificates as Certificateholders under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         For additional information regarding DTC and the Class A Certificates,
see "Description of the Certificates--Form of Certificates" in the Prospectus.

         BOOK-ENTRY FACILITIES. Beneficial Owners may elect to hold their
interests in the Book-Entry Certificates through DTC in the United States or
through CEDEL or Euroclear in Europe, if they are participants of such systems,
or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems. The
Book-Entry Certificates of each class will be issued in one or more certificates
which equal the aggregate Certificate Principal Balance of such class and will
initially be registered in the name of Cede, the nominee of DTC. CEDEL and
Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their participants through
customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's and Euroclear's names on the books of
their respective depositaries which in turn will hold such positions in
customers' securities accounts in the depositaries' names on the books of DTC.
Citibank will act as depositary for CEDEL and Morgan will act as depositary for
Euroclear (in such capacities, individually the "Relevant Depositary" and
collectively the "European Depositaries").

         Because of time zone differences, credits of securities received in
CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be made
during subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day
following the DTC settlement date. Such credits or any transactions in such
securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant
Euroclear Participants or CEDEL Participants (each as defined below) on such
business day. Cash received in CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of sales of
securities by or through a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant to a
Participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be
available in the relevant CEDEL or Euroclear cash account only as of the
business day following settlement in DTC. For information with respect to tax
documentation procedures relating to the Certificates, see "Certain Federal
Income Tax Consequences--REMICS--Backup Withholding with Respect to REMIC
Certificates" and "--Foreign Investors in REMIC Certificates" in the Prospectus.

         Transfers between Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

         Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing system by the Relevant Depositary; however, such cross market
transactions will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European
international clearing system by the counterparty in such system in accordance
with its rules and procedures and within its established deadlines (European
time). The relevant European international clearing system will, if the
transaction meets its settlement requirements,

                                      S-46

<PAGE>



deliver instructions to the Relevant Depositary to take action to effect final
settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and
making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same day
funds settlement applicable to DTC. CEDEL Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the European Depositaries.

         DTC, which is a New York-chartered limited purpose trust company,
performs services for its Participants, some of which (and/or their
representatives) own DTC. In accordance with its normal procedures, DTC is
expected to record the positions held by each DTC participant in the Book-Entry
Certificates, whether held for its own account or as a nominee for another
person. In general, beneficial ownership of Book-Entry Certificates will be
subject to the rules, regulations and procedures governing DTC and its
Participants as in effect from time to time.

         CEDEL is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional
depository. CEDEL holds securities for its participating organizations ("CEDEL
Participants") and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of CEDEL Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical
movement of certificates. Transactions may be settled in CEDEL in any of 28
currencies, including United States dollars. CEDEL provides to its CEDEL
Participants, among other things, services for safekeeping, administration,
clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities
lending and borrowing. CEDEL interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries. As a professional depository, CEDEL is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg Monetary Institute. CEDEL participants are recognized financial
institutions around the world, including underwriters, securities brokers and
dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other
organizations. Indirect access to CEDEL is also available to others, such as
banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.

         Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of
Euroclear ("Euroclear Participants") and to clear and settle transactions
between Euroclear Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry
delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may now be settled in any of 32 currencies, including United
States dollars. Euroclear includes various other services, including securities
lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries
generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the "Euroclear Operator"), under contract
with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation (the
"Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative. The Cooperative establishes
policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants
include banks (including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and
other professional financial intermediaries. Indirect access to Euroclear is
also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

         The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and the New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission.

         Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear
Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian
law (collectively, the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and
cash from

                                      S-47

<PAGE>



Euroclear, and receipts of payments with respect to securities in Euroclear. All
securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without attribution of
specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear
Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear
Participants, and has no record of or relationship with persons holding through
Euroclear Participants.

         Distributions on the Book-Entry Certificates will be made on each
Distribution Date by the Trustee to DTC. DTC will be responsible for crediting
the amount of such payments to the accounts of the applicable Participants in
accordance with DTC's normal procedures. Each Participant will be responsible
for disbursing such payments to the Beneficial Owners of the Book-Entry
Certificates that it represents and to each Intermediary for which it acts as
agent. Each such Intermediary will be responsible for disbursing funds to the
Beneficial Owners of the Book-Entry Certificates that it represents.

         Under a book-entry format, Beneficial Owners of the Book-Entry
Certificates may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since such
payments will be forwarded by the Trustee to Cede. Distributions with respect to
Certificates held through CEDEL or Euroclear will be credited to the cash
accounts of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants in accordance with the
relevant system's rules and procedures, to the extent received by the Relevant
Depositary. Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting in accordance
with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. "Certain Federal Income
Tax Consequences--REMICS--Backup Withholding with Respect to REMIC Certificates"
and "--Foreign Investors in REMIC Certificates" in the Prospectus. Since
transactions in the Book-Entry Certificates will be effected only through DTC,
CEDEL, Euroclear, participating organizations, indirect participants and certain
banks, the ability of a Beneficial Owner to pledge Class A Certificates to
persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear
systems, or otherwise to take actions in respect of such Certificates, may be
limited due to lack of a physical certificate representing such Certificates. In
addition, issuance of the Book-Entry Certificates in book-entry form may reduce
the liquidity of such Certificates in the secondary market since certain
potential investors may be unwilling to purchase Certificates for which they
cannot obtain physical certificates.

         DTC has advised the Company and the Trustee that, unless and until
Definitive Certificates are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be
taken by the holders of the Book-Entry Certificates under the Agreement only at
the direction of one or more Participants to whose DTC accounts the BookEntry
Certificates are credited, to the extent that such actions are taken on behalf
of Intermediaries whose holdings include such Book-Entry Certificates. CEDEL or
the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any other action permitted
to be taken by a Certificateholder under the Agreement on behalf of a CEDEL
Participant or Euroclear Participant only in accordance with its relevant rules
and procedures and subject to the ability of the Relevant Depositary to effect
such actions on its behalf through DTC. DTC may take actions, at the direction
of the related Participants, with respect to some Certificates which conflict
with actions taken with respect to other Certificates.

         Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of Certificates among participants
of DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue
to perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.

MULTIPLE LOAN GROUP STRUCTURE

         The Mortgage Loans in the Trust Fund consist of the Group I Loans and
Group II Loans, as described above under "Description of the Mortgage Pool." All
distributions (other than CrossCollateralization Payments) and losses with
respect to the Group I Loans will be allocated solely among the Group I Class A
Certificates, the Class I S Certificates and the Class R Certificates. All
distributions and losses with respect to the Group II Loans (other than
Cross-Collateralization Payments payable to the

                                      S-48

<PAGE>



Certificate Insurer) will be allocated solely among the Group II Class A
Certificates and the Class II S Certificates.

OVERCOLLATERALIZATION PROVISIONS AND SUPPORT FEATURES

         OVERCOLLATERALIZATION RESULTING FROM CASH FLOW STRUCTURE. The Pooling
and Servicing Agreement requires that, on each Distribution Date, the Net
Monthly Excess Cashflow with respect to each Loan Group, if any, be applied on
such Distribution Date as an accelerated payment of principal on the related
Class A Certificates, but only to the limited extent hereafter described. The
"Net Monthly Excess Cashflow" for any Distribution Date is equal to (x) the
amount on deposit in the Certificate Account on such Distribution Date with
respect to the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group, other than the related
Insured Payments and the Trustee's Fee and Premium Amount payable on such
Distribution Date (such amount, the related "Available Funds" for such
Distribution Date) minus (y) the sum of (i) the sum of the related Class A
Interest Distribution Amount and the related Class A Principal Distribution
Amount (calculated for this purpose without regard to any Subordination Increase
Amount, Subordination Reduction Amount or portion thereof included therein) and
(ii) any related Reimbursement Amount (as defined herein) owed to the
Certificate Insurer. This application has the effect of accelerating the
amortization of the related Class A Certificates relative to the amortization of
the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group.

         With respect to any Distribution Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the
sum of the aggregate Principal Balances of the Mortgage Loans in the related
Loan Group as of the close of business on the last day of the related Due Period
(as defined herein) and the amount of funds in the related Pre-Funding Account
as of such Distribution Date over (y) the Certificate Principal Balance of the
related Class A Certificates as of such Distribution Date (and following the
making of all distributions on such Distribution Date) is the "Subordinated
Amount" as of such Distribution Date. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement
requires that the Net Monthly Excess Cashflows will be applied as an accelerated
payment of principal on the related Class A Certificates until the related
Subordinated Amount has increased to the level equal to the related Required
Subordinated Amount for such Distribution Date. Any amount of Net Monthly Excess
Cashflow actually applied as an accelerated payment of principal is a
"Subordination Increase Amount." The required level of the Subordinated Amount
with respect to a Distribution Date is the "Required Subordinated Amount" with
respect to such Distribution Date. Initially, the Required Subordinated Amount
will be set at an amount equal to a percentage, specified in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, of the aggregate Principal Balances of the related Mortgage
Loans in the related Loan Group as of the Cut-off Date and the related Original
Pre-Funded Amount. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement generally provides that
the Required Subordinated Amounts may, over time, decrease, or increase, subject
to certain floors, caps and triggers.

         In the event that the Required Subordinated Amount is permitted to
decrease or "step down" on a Distribution Date in the future, the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement provides that a portion of the principal which would
otherwise be distributed to the Holders of the related Class A Certificates on
such Distribution Date shall be distributed to the Holders of the related Group
I or Group II Subordinate Certificates on such Distribution Date, or applied to
the payment of any Group I Class A Available Funds Cap Carry-Forward Amount.
This has the effect of decelerating the amortization of the Class A Certificates
relative to the amortization of the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group,
and of reducing the related Subordinated Amount. With respect to any
Distribution Date, the difference, if any, between (a) the related Subordinated
Amount that would apply on such Distribution Date after taking into account all
distributions to be made on such Distribution Date (exclusive of any reductions
thereto attributable to Subordination Reduction Amounts (as described below) on
such Distribution Date) and (b) the related Required Subordinated Amount for
such Distribution Date is the related "Excess Subordinated Amount" with respect
to such Distribution Date. With respect to any Distribution Date, an amount
equal to the lesser of (a) the related Excess Subordinated Amount and (b) the
principal collections received by the

                                      S-49

<PAGE>



Master Servicer with respect to the prior Due Period is the related
"Subordination Reduction Amount." In addition, due to the cash flow structure of
the Certificates as described below, Subordination Reduction Amounts may result
even prior to the occurrence of any decrease or "step down" in the related
Required Subordinated Amount. This is because the Holders of the related Class A
Certificates will generally be entitled to receive 100% of collected principal,
even though the Certificate Principal Balances of the related Class A
Certificates will, following the accelerated amortization resulting from the
application of the related Net Monthly Excess Cashflow, represent less than 100%
of the related Mortgage Loan's principal balance. In the absence of the
provisions relating to Subordination Reduction Amounts, the foregoing may
otherwise increase the Subordinated Amounts above their Required Subordinated
Amount requirements even without the application of any Net Monthly Excess
Cashflow.

         The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that, on any Distribution
Date, all unscheduled collections on account of principal (other than any such
amount applied to the payment of a Subordination Reduction Amount) with respect
to Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group during the period beginning on the
second day of the calendar month preceding the calendar month in which such
Distribution Date occurs, and ending on the first day of the calendar month in
which such Distribution Date occurs (the "Due Period") will be distributed to
the Holders of the related Class A Certificates on such Distribution Date. If
any Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated Mortgage Loan (as defined below) during
such Due Period, the net Liquidation Proceeds (as defined in the Prospectus)
related thereto and allocated to principal may be less than the Principal
Balance of the related Mortgage Loan; the amount of any such insufficiency is a
"Liquidated Loan Loss." A "Liquidated Mortgage Loan" is, in general, a defaulted
Mortgage Loan as to which the Master Servicer has determined that all amounts
that it expects to recover on such Mortgage Loan have been recovered (exclusive
of any possibility of a deficiency judgment). In addition, the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement provides that the principal balance of any Mortgage Loan
after it becomes a Liquidated Mortgage Loan shall equal zero. The Pooling and
Servicing Agreement does not contain any rule which requires that the amount of
any Liquidated Loan Loss be distributed to the Holders of the related Class A
Certificates on the Distribution Date which immediately follows the event of
loss; I.E., the Pooling and Servicing Agreement does not require the current
recovery of losses. However, the occurrence of a Liquidated Loan Loss will
reduce the Subordinated Amount, which, to the extent that such reduction causes
the Subordinated Amount to be less than the related Required Subordinated Amount
applicable to the related Distribution Date, will require the payment of a
Subordination Increase Amount on such Distribution Date (or, if insufficient
funds are available on such Distribution Date, on subsequent Distribution Dates,
until the Subordinated Amount equals the related Required Subordinated Amount).
The effect of the foregoing is to allocate losses to the Holders of the related
Group I or Group II Subordinate Certificates by reducing, or eliminating
entirely, payments of Net Monthly Excess Cashflow and of Subordination Reduction
Amounts which such Holders would otherwise receive.

         OVERCOLLATERALIZATION AND THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICIES. The
Pooling and Servicing Agreement defines a "Subordination Deficit" with respect
to a Distribution Date to be the amount, if any, by which (x) the aggregate
Certificate Principal Balance of the related Class A Certificates as of such
Distribution Date, and following the making of all distributions to be made on
such Distribution Date (except for any payment to be made as to principal from
proceeds of the related Certificate Insurance Policy), exceeds (y) the aggregate
Principal Balances of the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group as of the
close of business on the preceding Due Date and the amount of funds in the
related Pre-Funding Account on such Distribution Date. The Pooling and Servicing
Agreement requires the Trustee to make a claim for an Insured Payment under the
related Certificate Insurance Policy not later than the second Business Day
prior to any Distribution Date as to which the Trustee has determined that a
Subordination Deficit will occur with respect to a Loan Group for the purpose of
applying the proceeds of such Insured Payment as a payment of principal to the
Holders of the related Class A Certificates on such Distribution Date. Investors
in the Class A Certificates should realize that, under extreme loss or
delinquency scenarios, they may temporarily receive no distributions of
principal.

                                      S-50

<PAGE>




         CROSS-COLLATERALIZATION FEATURE. In the event that on any Distribution
Date after giving effect to distributions pertaining to a particular Loan Group
and its related Certificates (except for any payment to be made as principal
from proceeds of the related Certificate Insurance Policy), either a
Reimbursement Amount exists with respect to either Loan Group or a Subordination
Deficit exists with respect to Loan Group II or the Subordinated Amount with
respect to Loan Group II would be less than the related Required Subordinated
Amount (such difference, a "Cross-Collateralized Subordination Shortfall"), the
Group II Class A Certificates or the Certificate Insurer, as the case may be,
will be entitled to receive an additional payment (a "Cross-Collateralization
Payment") in respect of principal to the extent of such Subordination Deficit or
Cross-Collateralized Subordination Shortfall or as reimbursement of the
Reimbursement Amount, as the case may be, out of funds then on deposit in the
Certificate Account for the other Loan Group that are otherwise payable on such
Distribution Date to the Subordinate Certificates related to such other Loan
Group.

PRIORITY OF PAYMENT

         On each Distribution Date, the Trustee shall make the following
distributions, to the extent of funds on deposit in the related Certificate
Account with respect to each Loan Group and the amount of Insured Payments and
Cross-Collateralization Payments (if applicable) to be made on such Distribution
Date, as distributed separately with respect to the Group I and Group II
Certificates:

              (a)      to the Certificate Insurer, the Premium Amount (as
                       defined herein) with respect to such Loan Group;

              (b)      to the Trustee, an amount equal to the Trustee's Fees
                       then due to it with respect to such Loan Group;

              (c)      to the Certificate Insurer the lesser of (x) an amount
                       equal to (i) the amount then on deposit in the related
                       Certificate Account remaining after the foregoing
                       distributions minus (ii) the Insured Distribution Amount
                       for such Distribution Date and (y) the amount of all
                       Insured Payments and other payments made by the
                       Certificate Insurer pursuant to the related Certificate
                       Insurance Policy (together with interest thereon at the
                       Pass-Through Rate for the related Class A Certificates)
                       which have not been previously repaid (the "Reimbursement
                       Amount") as of such Distribution Date;

              (d)      from amounts then on deposit in the related Certificate
                       Account (including any Insured Payments), to the related
                       Class A Certificateholders an amount equal to the related
                       Class A Interest Distribution Amount (as described
                       below), distributed on a pro rata basis to the related
                       Class A Certificateholders as described below;

              (e)      from amounts then on deposit in the related Certificate
                       Account (including any related Insured Payments), to the
                       related Class A Certificateholders an amount equal to the
                       related Class A Principal Distribution Amount (as
                       described below) to the extent not covered by payments to
                       be made pursuant to clause (f) below with respect to a
                       Subordination Deficit allocated as described below;

              (f)      with respect to the Group II Class A Certificates, from
                       amounts then on deposit in the Certificate Account
                       related to the Group I Loans, to the Group II Class A
                       Certificateholders or the Certificate Insurer, as the
                       case may be, an amount equal to the
                       Cross-Collateralization Payments required to be made on
                       such Certificates on such Distribution Date;


                                      S-51

<PAGE>



              (g)      from amounts then on deposit in the Certificate Account
                       related to the Group II Loans, to the Certificate
                       Insurer, an amount equal to the Cross-Collateralization
                       Payments required to be made to the Certificate Insurer
                       from such Certificate Account on such Distribution Date,
                       to the extent the Certificate Insurer has not been
                       reimbursed pursuant to clause (c) above;

              (h)      with respect to the Group I Class A Certificates, an
                       amount equal to the lesser of (i) any amount then
                       remaining in the related Certificate Account after the
                       applications described in clauses (a) through (g) above
                       and (ii) the aggregate Group I Class A Available Funds
                       Cap Carry-Forward Amount for such Distribution Date shall
                       be paid to the Class A-1 Certificateholders on account of
                       the Group I Class A Available Funds Cap Carry-Forward
                       Amount, if any; and

              (i)      from amounts then on deposit in the related Certificate
                       Account, to the Holders of the related Group I or Group
                       II Subordinate Certificates, the amount remaining on such
                       Distribution Date, if any.

CLASS A INTEREST DISTRIBUTION AMOUNTS

         On each Distribution Date, holders of each class of Class A
Certificates will be entitled to receive interest distributions in an amount
equal to the sum of (a) interest accrued for the related Accrual Period (as
defined below) on the related Certificate Principal Balance thereof immediately
prior to such Distribution Date at the then-applicable related Pass-Through Rate
(to the extent of the amounts remaining for distributions after payments under
clauses (a) through (c) under "--Priority of Payment" above), as reduced by
shortfalls caused by the Relief Act (as defined in the Prospectus) or the
failure of the Master Servicer to cover Prepayment Interest Shortfalls to the
extent described herein, with all such reductions allocated among the related
Class A Certificates in proportion to their respective amounts of related Class
A Interest Distribution Amount (as defined below) which would have resulted
absent such reductions and (b) the Group I Class A Carry-Forward Amount or Group
II Class A Carry-Forward Amount, as applicable, allocable to interest. The
aggregate amount of interest allocable to the Group I and Group II Class A
Certificates as determined separately (the related "Class A Interest
Distribution Amount") will be allocable to the related Class A Certificates on a
pro rata basis in proportion to the amount of interest payable thereon. The
Class A Interest Distribution Amount with respect to the Group I Class A
Certificates and the Class A-2 Certificates is calculated on the basis of a
360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed; provided that, for any
Distribution Date for which clause (ii) of the related definition of
Pass-Through Rate is applicable, the Class A Interest Distribution Amount will
be calculated on the basis of a 30-day month. The Class A Interest Distribution
Amount with respect to the Class A-3 Certificates and the Class A-4 Certificates
is calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and a 30-day month.

         With respect to any Distribution Date and the Group I and Group II
Class A Certificates, the sum of the related Class A Interest Distribution
Amount and the amount of the related Subordination Deficit, if any, with respect
to such Distribution Date is the related "Insured Distribution Amount" for such
Distribution Date.

         For each Distribution Date, (i) with respect to the Class A-1
Certificates and Class A-2 Certificates, the "Accrual Period" is the period
commencing on the Distribution Date immediately preceding the month on which
such Distribution Date occurs and ending on the calendar day immediately
preceding such Distribution Date, except with respect to the first Distribution
Date, which has an accrual period from August 23, 1996 to September 24, 1996 and
(ii) with respect to the Class A-3 Certificates and Class A-4 Certificates, the
"Accrual Period" is the previous calendar month.


                                      S-52

<PAGE>



         With respect to the Group I Class A Certificates, the "Group I Class A
Carry-Forward Amount" as of any Distribution Date equals the sum of (a) the
amount, if any, by which (i) the related Insured Distribution Amount for the
immediately preceding Distribution Date exceeded (ii) the amount actually
distributed to the Holders of the Group I Class A Certificates on such
Distribution Date in respect thereof (including, without limitation, amounts
paid under a Certificate Insurance Policy) and (b) 30 days' interest on such
amount at the Pass-Through Rate applicable to the Group I Class A Certificates
for such Distribution Date. The Group I Class A Carry-Forward Amount does not
include any Group I Class A Available Funds Cap Carry-Forward Amount.

         The "Class A-1 Formula Pass-Through Rate" for a Distribution Date is
the lesser of (x) the rate determined by clause (i) of the definition of
Pass-Through Rate for the Class A-1 Certificates on such Distribution Date and
(y) the weighted average of Net Lifetime Rate Caps of the Group I Loans. The Net
Lifetime Rate Cap on each Group I Loan is equal to the related Lifetime Rate Cap
minus the sum of the Servicing Fee Rate and the rates per annum at which the
Trustee's Fee and the Premium Amount accrue.

         The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that if the Pass-Through
Rate on the Class A-1 Certificates is less than the Class A-1 Formula
Pass-Through Rate and any resulting shortfall in interest is not paid on such
Distribution Date from any available Net Monthly Excess Cashflow, as described
below, then the amount of any such shortfall will be carried forward and be paid
to the extent of available funds, as described herein, to the Holders of the
Class A-1 Certificates on future Distribution Dates and shall accrue interest at
the applicable Class A-1 Formula Pass-Through Rate, until paid (such shortfall,
together with such accrued interest, the "Group I Class A Available Funds Cap
Carry-Forward Amount"). The Certificate Insurance Policy does not cover the
Group I Class A Available Funds Cap Carry-Forward Amount, nor do the ratings
assigned to the Class A-1 Certificates address the payment of the Group I Class
A Available Funds Cap Carry-Forward Amount.

         With respect to the Group II Class A Certificates, the "Group II Class
A Carry-Forward Amount" as of any Distribution Date equals the sum of (a) the
amount, if any, by which (i) the related Insured Distribution Amount for the
immediately preceding Distribution Date exceeded (ii) the amount actually
distributed to the Holders of the Group II Class A Certificates on such
Distribution Date in respect thereof (including, without limitation, amounts
paid under a Certificate Insurance Policy) and (b) 30 days' interest on such
amount at the Pass-Through Rate applicable to the Group II Class A Certificates
for such Distribution Date.

         The "Prepayment Interest Shortfall" for any Distribution Date is equal
to the aggregate shortfall, if any, in collections of interest (minus the
related Servicing Fee) resulting from Mortgagor prepayments on the Mortgage
Loans during the preceding calendar month. Such shortfalls will result because
interest on prepayments in full is distributed only to the date of prepayment,
and because no interest is distributed on prepayments in part, as such
prepayments in part are applied to reduce the outstanding principal balance of
the related Mortgage Loans as of the Due Date in the month of prepayment.
However, with respect to any Distribution Date, any Prepayment Interest
Shortfalls resulting from full or partial prepayments during the preceding
calendar month will be offset by the Master Servicer, but only to the extent
such Prepayment Interest Shortfalls do not exceed an amount equal to the
Servicing Fee payable to the Master Servicer in respect of its servicing
activities with respect to such Distribution Date. See "Pooling and Servicing
Agreement--Servicing and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses" herein. An
amount equal to the Class A Certificates' pro rata share, based on the amount of
interest payable on each such class, of any Prepayment Interest Shortfalls not
so covered by the Master Servicer will be made available by the Certificate
Insurer for distribution to the Class A Certificateholders.

         The Pass-Through Rate on the Class A-1 Certificates is adjustable and
is calculated as follows: beginning on the Distribution Date in September 1996,
and on each Distribution Date thereafter, the

                                      S-53

<PAGE>



Pass-Through Rate on the Class A-1 Certificates will be adjusted to equal the
greater of (x) the lesser of (i) (a) with respect to any Distribution Date which
occurs on or prior to the date on which the aggregate Principal Balance of the
Mortgage Loans is less than 10% of the sum of the aggregate Principal Balance of
the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date and the Original Pre-Funded Amounts,
One-Month LIBOR (as defined in "Description of the Certificates--Calculation of
One-Month LIBOR" below) plus 0.31% or (b) with respect to any Distribution Date
thereafter, One-Month LIBOR plus 1.00% and (ii) the Group I Class A Available
Funds Pass-Through Rate and (y) 4.50%.

         The "Group I Class A Available Funds Pass-Through Rate," as of any
Distribution Date, is equal to (i) the weighted average of the Mortgage Rates of
the Group I Loans, minus (ii) the sum of the Servicing Fee Rate and the rates
per annum at which the Trustee's Fee and Premium Amount accrue and minus (iii)
commencing on the seventh Distribution Date, 0.50% per annum.

         The Pass-Through Rate on the Class A-2 Certificates is adjustable and
is calculated as follows: beginning on the Distribution Date in September 1996,
and on each Distribution Date thereafter, the PassThrough Rate on the Class A-2
Certificates will be adjusted to equal the lesser of (i) One-Month LIBOR plus
0.12% and (ii) the Group II Class A Available Funds Pass-Through Rate.

         The "Group II Class A Available Funds Pass-Through Rate," as of any
Distribution Date, is equal to (i) the weighted average of the Mortgage Rates of
the Group II Loans, minus (ii) the sum of the Servicing Fee Rate and the rates
per annum at which the Trustee's Fee and Premium Amount accrue.

         The Pass-Through Rate with respect to the Class A-3 Certificates is
fixed at 7.15% per annum. The Pass-Through Rate on the Class A-4 Certificates is
equal to (i) with respect to any Distribution Date which occurs on or prior to
the date on which the aggregate Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans is less
than 10% of the sum of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans as
of the Cut-off Date and the Original Pre-Funded Amounts, 7.60% per annum, and
(ii) with respect to any Distribution Date thereafter, 8.35% per annum.

         As described herein, the Class A Interest Distribution Amounts
allocable to the Class A Certificates is based on the Certificate Principal
Balances thereof immediately prior to the related Distribution Date. The
Certificate Principal Balance of any Class A Certificate as of any date of
determination is equal to the initial Certificate Principal Balance thereof,
reduced as described herein with respect to such Certificate.

         On any Distribution Date, the amount of the premium (the "Premium
Amount") payable to the Certificate Insurer is equal to one-twelfth of the
product of a percentage specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the
Certificate Principal Balance of the Class A Certificates.

CALCULATION OF ONE-MONTH LIBOR

         With respect to the first Distribution Date, on the Delivery Date, and,
with respect to each Distribution Date thereafter, on the second business day
preceding such Distribution Date (each such date, an "Interest Determination
Date"), the Trustee will determine the London interbank offered rate for
one-month United States dollar deposits ("One-Month LIBOR") for the next Accrual
Period for the Group I Class A Certificates and the Class A-2 Certificates on
the basis of the offered rates of the Reference Banks for one-month United
States dollar deposits, as such rates appear on the Reuter Screen LIBO Page, as
of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Interest Determination Date. As used in this
section, "business day" means a day on which banks are open for dealing in
foreign currency and exchange in London and New York City; "Reuter Screen LIBO
Page" means the display designated as page "LIBO" on the Reuter Monitor Money
Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the LIBO page on that service
for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks);
and "Reference Banks" means

                                      S-54

<PAGE>



leading banks selected by the Trustee and engaged in transactions in Eurodollar
deposits in the international Eurocurrency market (i) with an established place
of business in London, (ii) whose quotations appear on the Reuter Screen LIBO
Page on the Interest Determination Date in question, (iii) which have been
designated as such by the Trustee and (iv) not controlling, controlled by, or
under common control with, the Company or any Seller.

         On each Interest Determination Date, One-Month LIBOR for the related
Accrual Period for the Group I Class A Certificates and the Class A-2
Certificates will be established by the Trustee as follows:

                  (a) If on such Interest Determination Date two or more
         Reference Banks provide such offered quotations, One-Month LIBOR for
         the related Accrual Period shall be the arithmetic mean of such offered
         quotations (rounded upwards if necessary to the nearest whole multiple
         of 0.0625%).

                  (b) If on such Interest Determination Date fewer than two
         Reference Banks provide such offered quotations, One-Month LIBOR for
         the related Accrual Period shall be the higher of (x) One-Month LIBOR
         as determined on the previous Interest Determination Date and (y) the
         Reserve Interest Rate. The "Reserve Interest Rate" shall be the rate
         per annum that the Trustee determines to be either (i) the arithmetic
         mean (rounded upwards if necessary to the nearest whole multiple of
         0.0625%) of the one-month United States dollar lending rates which New
         York City banks selected by the Trustee are quoting on the relevant
         Interest Determination Date to the principal London offices of leading
         banks in the London interbank market or, in the event that the Trustee
         can determine no such arithmetic mean, (ii) the lowest one-month United
         States dollar lending rate which New York City banks selected by the
         Trustee are quoting on such Interest Determination Date to leading
         European banks.

         The establishment of One-Month LIBOR on each Interest Determination
Date by the Trustee and the Trustee's calculation of the rates of interest
applicable to the Group I Class A Certificates and the Class A-2 Certificates
for the related Accrual Period shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final
and binding.

CLASS A PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT

         Holders of the Class A Certificates will be entitled to receive on each
Distribution Date, to the extent of the portion of the amounts remaining for
distribution after payments under clauses (a) through (d) under "--Priority of
Payment" above, an amount (as determined separately for the Group I and Group II
Class A Certificates, the related "Class A Principal Distribution Amount"), in
reduction of the Certificate Principal Balance thereof as described below, which
equals the sum of (i) the portion of any Group I Class A Carry-Forward Amount or
Group II Class A Carry-Forward Amount, as applicable, which relates to a
shortfall in a distribution of a related Subordination Deficit, (ii) all
scheduled installments of principal in respect of the Mortgage Loans in the
related Loan Group received or advanced during the related Due Period, together
with all unscheduled recoveries of principal on such Mortgage Loan received by
the Master Servicer during the prior calendar month, (iii) the Principal Balance
of each Mortgage Loan in the related Loan Group that was repurchased by either
the Seller or by the Company, (iv) any amounts delivered by the Company on the
Master Servicer Remittance Date (as defined herein) in connection with a
substitution of a Mortgage Loan in the related Loan Group, (v) the net
Liquidation Proceeds (as defined in the Prospectus) collected by the Master
Servicer of all Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group during the prior
calendar month (to the extent such net Liquidation Proceeds are related to
principal), (vi) the amount of any related Subordination Deficit for such
Distribution Date, (vii) the proceeds received by the Trustee of any termination
of the related Loan Group (to the extent such proceeds are related to
principal), (viii) the amount of any related Subordination Increase Amount (as
defined herein) for such Distribution Date, and (ix) with respect to the Group I
and Group II Class A

                                      S-55

<PAGE>



Certificates, with respect to the Distribution Date occurring in October 1996,
any amounts in the related Pre-Funding Account after giving effect to any
purchase of related Subsequent Mortgage Loans; MINUS (x) the amount of any
related Subordination Reduction Amount (as defined herein) for such Distribution
Date.

         In no event will the Class A Principal Distribution Amount with respect
to any Distribution Date be (x) less than zero or (y) greater than the then
outstanding Certificate Principal Balance of the Class A Certificates.

         Distributions of the Class A Principal Distribution Amount with respect
to the Group I Class A Certificates will be allocated to the Class A-1
Certificates in reduction of the Certificate Principal Balance thereof, until
such Certificate Principal Balance has been reduced to zero. Distributions of
the Class A Principal Distribution Amount with respect to the Group II Class A
Certificates will be allocated first, to the Class A-2 Certificates, second, to
the Class A-3 Certificates and third, to the Class A-4 Certificates, in
reduction of the Certificate Principal Balances thereof, in each case until the
Certificate Principal Balance thereof has been reduced to zero.

         The "Master Servicer Remittance Date" with respect to any Distribution
Date is the 18th day of the month in which such Distribution Date occurs, or if
such 18th day is not a business day, the business day immediately preceding such
18th day.

         The "Principal Balance" of any Mortgage Loan as of any date of
determination is the principal balance of such Mortgage Loan as of the Due Date
preceding such date of determination, as such principal balance is specified for
such Due Date in the amortization schedule, (before any adjustment to such
amortization schedule by reason of any bankruptcy (other than Deficient
Valuations (as defined in the Prospectus)) or similar proceeding or any
moratorium or similar waiver or grace period) after giving effect to prepayments
received prior to such Due Date, Deficient Valuations incurred prior to such Due
Date, and to the payment of principal due on such Due Date and irrespective of
any delinquency in payment by the related Mortgagor. The Principal Balance of a
Mortgage Loan which becomes a Liquidated Mortgage Loan (as defined herein) on or
prior to such Due Date shall be zero.

         See "Summary--Special Prepayment Considerations" and "--Special Yield
Considerations" and "Certain Yield and Prepayment Considerations" herein.

ADVANCES

         Prior to each Distribution Date, the Master Servicer is required to
make Advances with respect to any payments of principal and interest (net of the
related servicing fees) which were due on the Mortgage Loans on the immediately
preceding Due Date and have not been received as of the business day immediately
preceding the related Master Servicer Remittance Date. With respect to a
delinquent Balloon Payment, the Master Servicer is not required to make an
Advance of such delinquent Balloon Payment. The Master Servicer will, however,
make monthly Advances with respect to balloon Mortgage Loans with delinquent
Balloon Payments, in each case in an amount equal to the assumed monthly
principal and interest payment that would have been due on the related Due Date
based on the original principal amortization schedule for the applicable balloon
Mortgage Loan.

         Such Advances are required to be made by the Master Servicer only to
the extent they are deemed by the Master Servicer to be recoverable from related
late collections, insurance proceeds or liquidation proceeds. The purpose of
making such Advances is to maintain a regular cash flow to the
Certificateholders, to maintain a specified level of overcollateralization and
to pay the premium due the Certificate Insurer and to pay the Trustee, rather
than to guarantee or insure against losses. The Master Servicer will not be
required to make any Advances with respect to reductions in the amount of the

                                      S-56

<PAGE>



monthly payments on the Mortgage Loans due to application of the Relief Act. Any
failure by the Master Servicer to make an Advance as required under the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement will constitute an Event of Default thereunder, in which
case the Trustee, as successor servicer, will be obligated to make any such
Advance, in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         All Advances will be reimbursable to the Master Servicer making the
Advance subject to certain conditions and restrictions from late collections,
insurance proceeds and liquidation proceeds from the Mortgage Loan as to which
such unreimbursed Advance was made.

CERTIFICATE GUARANTY INSURANCE POLICIES

         The following information regarding the Certificate Insurance Policies
has been supplied by the Certificate Insurer for inclusion in this Prospectus
Supplement.

         The Certificate Insurer, in consideration of the payment of the premium
and subject to the terms of the Certificate Insurance Policies, thereby
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to any Owner (as defined below) that
an amount equal to each full and complete Insured Payment (as defined below)
will be received by the Trustee, or its successor as Trustee for the Owners, on
behalf of the Owners from the Certificate Insurer, for distribution by the
Trustee to each Owner of each Owner's proportionate share of the Insured
Payment. The Certificate Insurer's obligations under the Certificate Insurance
Policies with respect to a particular Insured Payment shall be discharged to the
extent funds equal to the applicable Insured Payment are received by the
Trustee, whether or not such funds are properly applied by the Trustee. Insured
Payments shall be made only at the time set forth in the Certificate Insurance
Policies, and no accelerated Insured Payments shall be made regardless of any
acceleration of the Class A Certificates, unless such acceleration is at the
sole option of the Certificate Insurer.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Certificate Insurance
Policies do not cover shortfalls, if any, attributable to the liability of the
Trust Fund, the REMIC or the Trustee for withholding taxes, if any (including
interest and penalties in respect of any such liability).

         The Certificate Insurer will pay any Insured Payment that is a
Preference Amount (as described below) on the Business Day following receipt on
a Business Day by the Fiscal Agent (as described below) of (i) a certified copy
of the order requiring the return of a preference payment, (ii) an opinion of
counsel satisfactory to the Certificate Insurer that such order is final and not
subject to appeal, (iii) an assignment in such form as is reasonably required by
the Certificate Insurer, irrevocably assigning to the Certificate Insurer all
rights and claims of the Owner relating to or arising under the Class A
Certificates against the debtor which made such preference payment or otherwise
with respect to such preference payment and (iv) appropriate instruments to
effect the appointment of the Certificate Insurer as agent for such Owner in any
legal proceeding related to such preference payment, such instruments being in a
form satisfactory to the Certificate Insurer, provided that if such documents
are received after 12:00 noon New York City time on such Business Day, they will
be deemed to be received on the following Business Day. Such payments shall be
disbursed to the receiver or trustee in bankruptcy named in the final order of
the court exercising jurisdiction on behalf of the Owner and not to any Owner
directly unless such Owner has returned principal or interest paid on the Class
A Certificates to such receiver or trustee in bankruptcy, in which case such
payment shall be disbursed to such Owner.

         The Certificate Insurer will pay any other amount payable under the
Certificate Insurance Policies no later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on
the later of the Distribution Date on which the related Insured Payment is due
or the Business Day following receipt in New York, New York on a Business Day by
State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A., as the Certificate Insurer's Fiscal
Agent or any successor fiscal agent appointed by the Certificate Insurer (the
"Certificate Insurer's Fiscal Agent") of a Notice (as described below); provided
that if such Notice is received after 12:00 noon, New York City

                                      S-57

<PAGE>



time, on such Business Day, it will be deemed to be received on the following
Business Day. If any such Notice received by the Certificate Insurer's Fiscal
Agent is not in proper form or is otherwise insufficient for the purpose of
making a claim under any Certificate Insurance Policy it shall be deemed not to
have been received by the Certificate Insurer's Fiscal Agent for purposes of
this paragraph, and the Certificate Insurer or the Certificate Insurer's Fiscal
Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly so advise the Trustee and the Trustee
may submit an amended Notice.

         Insured Payments due under the Certificate Insurance Policies, unless
otherwise stated therein, will be disbursed by the Certificate Insurer's Fiscal
Agent to the Trustee on behalf of the Owners by wire transfer of immediately
available funds in the amount of the Insured Payment less, in respect of Insured
Payments related to Preference Amounts, any amount held by the Trustee for the
payment of such Insured Payment and legally available therefor.

         The Certificate Insurer's Fiscal Agent is the agent of the Certificate
Insurer only and the Certificate Insurer's Fiscal Agent shall in no event be
liable to Owners for any acts of the Certificate Insurer's Fiscal Agent or any
failure of the Certificate Insurer to deposit, or cause to be deposited,
sufficient funds to make payments due under the Certificate Insurance Policies.

         As used in the Certificate Insurance Policies, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:

                  "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday
         or a day on which banking institutions in New York City or in the city
         in which the corporate trust office of the Trustee under the Pooling
         and Servicing Agreement is located are authorized or obligated by law
         or executive order to close.

                  "Insured Payment" means (i) as of any Distribution Date, an
         amount equal to the sum of (a) the related Class A Interest
         Distribution Amount minus the related Available Funds and (b) the
         related Subordination Deficit (to the extent not covered, with respect
         to the Group II Class A Certificates, by Cross-Collateralization
         Payments) and (ii) the related unpaid Preference Amount.

                  "Notice" means the telephonic or telegraphic notice, promptly
         confirmed in writing by telecopy substantially in the form of Exhibit A
         attached to each Certificate Insurance Policy, the original of which is
         subsequently delivered by registered or certified mail, from the
         Trustee specifying the Insured Payment which shall be due and owing on
         the applicable Distribution Date.

                  "Owner" means each related Class A Certificateholder (as
         defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) who, on the applicable
         Distribution Date, is entitled under the terms of the applicable Class
         A Certificate, to payment under the related Certificate Insurance
         Policy.

                  "Preference Amount" means any amount previously distributed to
         an Owner on the related Class A Certificates that is recoverable and
         sought to be recovered as a voidable preference by a trustee in
         bankruptcy pursuant to the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C.),
         as amended from time to time in accordance with a final nonappealable
         order of a court having competent jurisdiction.

         Capitalized terms used in the Certificate Insurance Policies and not
otherwise defined in the Certificate Insurance Policies shall have the
respective meanings set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as of the
date of execution of the Certificate Insurance Policies, without giving effect
to any subsequent amendment or modification to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement unless such amendment or modification has been approved in writing by
the Certificate Insurer.

                                      S-58

<PAGE>




         Any notice under the Certificate Insurance Policies or service of
process on the Certificate Insurer's Fiscal Agent may be made at the address
listed below for the Certificate Insurer's Fiscal Agent or such other address as
the Certificate Insurer shall specify in writing to the Trustee.

         The notice address of the Certificate Insurer's Fiscal Agent is 15th
Floor, 61 Broadway, New York, New York 10006, Attention: Municipal Registrar and
Paying Agency, or such other address as the Certificate Insurer's Fiscal Agent
shall specify to the Trustee in writing.

         The Certificate Insurance Policies are being issued under and pursuant
to, and shall be construed under, the laws of the State of New York, without
giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

         The insurance provided by the Certificate Insurance Policies is not
covered by the Property/Casualty Insurance Security Fund specified in Article 76
of the New York Insurance Law.

         The Certificate Insurance Policies are not cancelable for any reason.
The premium on each of the Certificate Insurance Policies is not refundable for
any reason including payment, or provision being made for payment, prior to
maturity of the Class A Certificates.

MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS ON GROUP I AND GROUP II CLASS A CERTIFICATES

         The Group I and Group II Class A Certificates will be prepaid on the
October 1996 Distribution Date to the extent that any amount remains on deposit
in the related Pre-Funding Account on such Distribution Date. Although no
assurance can be given, it is anticipated by the Company that the principal
amount of Subsequent Mortgage Loans sold to the Trust Fund will require the
application of substantially all of the related Original Pre-Funded Amount and
that there should be no material amount of principal prepaid to the Group I and
Group II Class A Certificateholders from the Pre-Funding Accounts. However, it
is unlikely that the Company will be able to deliver Subsequent Mortgage Loans
for Loan Group I and II with an aggregate principal balance identical to the
related Original Pre-Funded Amount.

INTEREST COVERAGE ACCOUNT

         The Company will establish for the benefit of Group I and Group II
Class A Certificateholders two trust accounts (the "Group I Interest Coverage
Account" and the "Group II Interest Coverage Account"; and together the
"Interest Coverage Accounts"). On the Delivery Date, the Company will deposit in
each such account a cash amount as required by the Certificate Insurer and
specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. On each Distribution Date
during the Funding Period and on the Distribution Date immediately following,
funds on deposit in the Interest Coverage Accounts will be applied by the
Trustee to cover shortfalls in the Group I and Group II Class A Interest
Distribution Amount attributable to the pre-funding feature during the related
Funding Period. Such shortfall initially will exist during the Funding Period
because while the Group I and Group II Class A Certificateholders are entitled
to receive interest accruing on the Certificate Principal Balance of the Group I
and Group II Class A Certificates, the Certificate Principal Balance of the
Class A Certificates during the Funding Period will be greater than the
aggregate principal balance of the related Mortgage Loans on the Delivery Date.
On the first business day following the first Distribution Date following the
termination of the related Funding Period, funds on deposit in the related
Interest Coverage Account will be released by the Trustee to the Company.




                                      S-59

<PAGE>



                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION

         The following information has been supplied by the Certificate Insurer
for inclusion in this Prospectus Supplement.

         The Certificate Insurer, formerly known as Municipal Bond Investors
Assurance Corporation, is the principal operating subsidiary of MBIA Inc., a New
York Stock Exchange listed company. MBIA Inc. is not obligated to pay the debts
of or claims against the Certificate Insurer. The Certificate Insurer is
domiciled in the State of New York and licensed to do business in all 50 states,
the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of
the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands of the United States and the
Territory of Guam. The Certificate Insurer has one European branch in the
Republic of France.

         All information regarding the Certificate Insurer, a wholly owned
subsidiary of MBIA Inc., including the financial statements of the Certificate
Insurer for the year ended December 31, 1995, prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, included in the Annual Report on Form
10-K of MBIA Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1995, is hereby incorporated
by reference into this Prospectus Supplement and shall be deemed to be a part
hereof. Any statement contained in a document incorporated by reference herein
shall be modified or superseded for purposes of this Prospectus Supplement to
the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other subsequently filed
document which also is incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes
such statement. Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed,
except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus
Supplement.

         The tables below present selected financial information of the
Certificate Insurer determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices
prescribed or permitted by insurance regulatory authorities ("SAP") and
generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        SAP
                                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1995                        JUNE 30, 1996
                                                       --------------------------------        ------------------------------
                                                                  (AUDITED)                             (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                   (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                    <C>                                     <C>
Admitted Assets.......................................             $3,814                                 $4,179
Liabilities...........................................              2,540                                  2,804
Capital and Surplus...................................              1,274                                  1,375

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        GAAP
                                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1995                        JUNE 30, 1996
                                                       --------------------------------        ------------------------------
                                                                  (AUDITED)                             (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                   (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                    <C>                                     <C>
Assets................................................             $4,463                                 $4,691
Liabilities...........................................              1,937                                  2,088
Shareholder's Equity..................................              2,526                                  2,602
</TABLE>

         Audited financial statements of the Certificate Insurer as of December
31, 1995 and 1994 and for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1995 are included herein as Appendix A. Unaudited financial statements of
the Certificate Insurer for the six-month period ended June 30, 1996 are
included herein as Appendix B. Such financial statements have been prepared on
the basis of generally accepted accounting principles. Copies of the Certificate
Insurer's 1995 year-end audited financial statements prepared in accordance with
statutory accounting practices are available from the Certificate Insurer. The
address of the Certificate Insurer is 113 King Street, Armonk, New York 10504.

                                      S-60

<PAGE>




         A copy of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of MBIA Inc. is available from
the Certificate Insurer or the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address
of the Certificate Insurer is 113 King Street, Armonk, New York 10504.

         The Certificate Insurer does not accept any responsibility for the
accuracy or completeness of this Prospectus Supplement or any information or
disclosure contained herein, or omitted herefrom, other than with respect to the
accuracy of the information regarding the Certificate Insurance Policies and the
Certificate Insurer set forth under the heading "Description of the
Certificates--Certificate Guaranty Insurance Policies" and "MBIA Insurance
Corporation" and in Appendices A and B.

         Moody's rates the claims paying ability of the Certificate Insurer
"Aaa."

         Standard & Poor's rates the claims paying ability of the Certificate
Insurer "AAA."

         Fitch Investors Service, L.P. rates the claims paying ability of the
Certificate Insurer "AAA."

         Each rating of the Certificate Insurer should be evaluated
independently. The ratings reflect the respective rating agency's current
assessment of the creditworthiness of the Certificate Insurer and its ability to
pay claims on its policies of insurance. Any further explanation as to the
significance of the above ratings may be obtained only from the applicable
rating agency.

         The above ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold the
Class A Certificates and such ratings may be subject to revision or withdrawal
at any time by the rating agencies. Any downward revision or withdrawal of any
of the above ratings may have an adverse effect on the market price of the Class
A Certificates. The Certificate Insurer does not guaranty the market price of
the Class A Certificates nor does it guaranty that the ratings on the Class A
Certificates will not be reversed or withdrawn.


                   CERTAIN YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         The yield to maturity and the aggregate amount of distributions on the
Class A Certificates will be affected by the rate and timing of principal
payments on the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group and the amount, if any,
distributed from the related Pre-Funding Account at the end of the related
Funding Period. Such yield may be adversely affected by a higher or lower than
anticipated rate of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan
Group. The rate of principal payments on such Mortgage Loans will in turn be
affected by the amortization schedules of the Mortgage Loans, the rate and
timing of principal prepayments thereon by the Mortgagors, liquidations of
defaulted Mortgage Loans and purchases of Mortgage Loans in the related Loan
Group due to certain breaches of representations or warranties. The timing of
changes in the rate of prepayments, liquidations and purchases of the Mortgage
Loans in the related Loan Group may, and the timing of losses on the Mortgage
Loans in the related Loan Group will, significantly affect the yield on the
related Class A Certificates to an investor, even if the average rate of
principal payments experienced over time is consistent with an investor's
expectation. Since the rate and timing of principal payments on the Mortgage
Loans in the related Loan Group will depend on future events and on a variety of
factors (as described herein and in the Prospectus under "Yield Considerations"
and "Maturity and Prepayment Considerations"), no assurance can be given as to
such rate or the timing of principal payments on the related Class A
Certificates.

         The Mortgage Loans may be prepaid by the mortgagors at any time;
however, a majority of the Mortgage Loans in each Loan Group are subject to a
prepayment charge for prepayments. See "Description of the Mortgage Pool"
herein. In addition, the Mortgage Loans contain a provision that

                                      S-61

<PAGE>



may result in the acceleration of the payment of the Mortgage Loan in the event
of the transfer or sale of the related Mortgaged Property. Prepayments,
liquidations and purchases of the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group will
result in distributions to holders of the related Class A Certificates of
principal amounts which would otherwise be distributed over the remaining terms
of the Mortgage Loans in the related Loan Group. Factors affecting prepayment
(including defaults and liquidations) of mortgage loans include changes in
mortgagors' housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors' net equity
in the mortgaged properties, changes in the value of the mortgaged properties,
mortgage market interest rates, solicitations and servicing decisions. In
addition, if prevailing mortgage rates fell significantly below the Mortgage
Rates on the Mortgage Loans, the rate of prepayments (including refinancings)
would be expected to increase. Conversely, if prevailing mortgage rates rose
significantly above the Mortgage Rates on the Mortgage Loans, the rate of
prepayments on the Mortgage Loans would be expected to decrease.

         The Mortgage Loans in the Trust Fund which are balloon payment Mortgage
Loans will not be fully amortizing over their terms to maturity, and will
require substantial principal payments at their stated maturity. Mortgage loans
of this type involve a greater degree of risk than self-amortizing loans because
the ability of a borrower to make a balloon payment typically will depend upon
its ability either to fully refinance the loan or to sell the related Mortgaged
Property at a price sufficient to permit the borrower to make the balloon
payment. The ability of a borrower to accomplish either of these goals will be
affected by a number of factors, including the value of the related Mortgaged
Property, the level of available mortgage rates at the time of sale or
refinancing, the borrower's equity in the related Mortgaged Property, tax laws,
prevailing general economic conditions and the availability of credit for loans
secured by residential property. Because the ability of a borrower to make a
balloon payment typically will depend upon its ability either to refinance the
loan or to sell the related Mortgaged Property, there is a risk that the
Mortgage Loans that require balloon payments may default at maturity. Any
defaulted balloon payment that extends the maturity of a Mortgage Loan may delay
distributions of principal on the related Class A Certificates and thereby
extend the weighted average life of the related Class A Certificates and, if the
related Class A Certificates were purchased at a discount, reduce the yield
thereon.

         In addition, the yield to maturity on the Class A Certificates will
depend on, among other things, the price paid by the holders of the Class A
Certificates and the related Pass-Through Rate. The extent to which the yield to
maturity of a Class A Certificate is sensitive to prepayments will depend, in
part, upon the degree to which it is purchased at a discount or premium. In
general, if a class of Class A Certificates is purchased at a premium and
principal distributions thereon occur at a rate faster than anticipated at the
time of purchase, the investor's actual yield to maturity will be lower than
that assumed at the time of purchase. Conversely, if a class of Class A
Certificates is purchased at a discount and principal distributions thereon
occur at a rate slower than that assumed at the time of purchase, the investor's
actual yield to maturity will be lower than that assumed at the time of
purchase. For additional considerations relating to the yield on the
Certificates, see "Yield Considerations" and "Maturity and Prepayment
Considerations" in the Prospectus.

         The rate of defaults on the Mortgage Loans will also affect the rate
and timing of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans. In general, defaults on
mortgage loans are expected to occur with greater frequency in their early
years. The rate of default on Mortgage Loans which are refinance or limited
documentation mortgage loans, and on Mortgage Loans with high Loan-to-Value
Ratios, may be higher than for other types of Mortgage Loans. Furthermore, the
rate and timing of prepayments, defaults and liquidations on the Mortgage Loans
will be affected by the general economic condition of the region of the country
in which the related Mortgaged Properties are located. The risk of delinquencies
and loss is greater and prepayments are less likely in regions where a weak or
deteriorating economy exists, as may be evidenced by, among other factors,
increasing unemployment or falling property values. See "Maturity and Prepayment
Considerations" in the Prospectus.

                                      S-62

<PAGE>




         In addition, with respect to the Group II Class A Certificates, because
principal distributions are paid to certain of such classes before other
classes, holders of classes having a later priority of payment bear a greater
risk of losses than holders of classes having earlier priorities for
distribution of principal.

         To the extent that the Original Pre-Funded Amounts have not been fully
applied to the purchase of Subsequent Mortgage Loans by the Trust Fund by the
end of the Funding Period, the Holders of the related Group I and Group II Class
A Certificates will receive on the first Distribution Date following the
termination of the Funding Period a prepayment of principal in an amount equal
to the lesser of (i) the related Pre-Funded Amount remaining in the related
Pre-Funding Account and (ii) the outstanding Certificate Principal Balance of
the related Class A Certificates. Although no assurance can be given, it is
anticipated by the Company that the principal amount of Subsequent Mortgage
Loans sold to the Trust Fund will require the application of substantially all
amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Accounts and that there will be no
material amount of principal prepaid to the Group I and Group II Class A
Certificateholders. However, it is unlikely that the Company will be able to
deliver Subsequent Mortgage Loans with an aggregate principal balance identical
to the related Pre-Funded Amounts.

         The following discussion assumes the characteristics set forth in the
tables below. The Final Scheduled Maturity Date for the Class A Certificates is
as follows: Class A-1 Certificates, October 25, 2027; Class A-2 Certificates,
May 25, 2019; Class A-3 Certificates, December 25, 2023; and the Class A-4
Certificates, October 25, 2027. Such Final Scheduled Maturity Dates with respect
to the Class A-2 Certificates and the Class A-3 Certificates are based on a 0%
Prepayment Assumption with no Net Monthly Excess Cashflow used to make
accelerated payments of principal on such classes of Class A Certificates and on
the assumptions specified below in this section. Such Final Scheduled Maturity
Dates with respect to the Class A-1 Certificates and the Class A-4 Certificates
have been calculated assuming that a subsequent Mortgage Loan in the related
Loan Group has a first Due Date of November 1, 1996, and amortizes according to
its fully amortizing term of 360 months, plus twelve months. The weighted
average life of the Class A Certificates is likely to be shorter than would be
the case if payments actually made on the Mortgage Loans conformed to the
foregoing assumption, and the final Distribution Date with respect to the Class
A Certificates could occur significantly earlier than the Final Scheduled
Maturity Date because (i) prepayments (including, for this purpose, prepayments
attributable to foreclosure, liquidation, repurchase and the like) on Mortgage
Loans are likely to occur, (ii) in the case of the Class A-1 Certificates and
the Class A-4 Certificates, twelve months have been added to obtain the Final
Scheduled Maturity Date above, and (iii) the holder of a majority interest in
the Class R Certificates or the Master Servicer may cause a liquidation of the
Mortgage Loans when the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Mortgage
Loans is less than 10% (5% with respect to the Master Servicer (or the
Certificate Insurer, if Advanta is removed as Master Servicer)) of the sum of
the aggregate principal balance of the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-Off Date and
the aggregate principal balance of the Subsequent Mortgage Loans as of the
related Subsequent Cut-off Date.

         "Weighted average life" refers to the average amount of time that will
elapse from the date of issuance of a security until each dollar of principal of
such security is scheduled to be repaid to an investor (assuming no losses). The
weighted average life of the Class A Certificates will be influenced by the rate
at which principal of the Mortgage Loans is paid, which may be in the form of
scheduled amortization or prepayments (for this purpose, the term "prepayment"
includes liquidations due to default). Prepayments on mortgage loans are
commonly measured relative to a prepayment standard or model. The model used in
this Prospectus Supplement with respect to the Group I Class A Certificates is a
constant prepayment assumption ("CPR"), which represents an assumed constant
rate of prepayment, each month relative to the then outstanding principal
balance of the pool of mortgage loans for the life of such mortgage loans. The
model used in this Prospectus Supplement with respect to the Group II Class A
Certificates is a prepayment assumption (the "Prepayment Assumption"), which
represents an assumed rate of prepayment each month relative to the then
outstanding principal balance of the pool of mortgage loans for the life of such
mortgage loans. A 100% Prepayment Assumption assumes a

                                      S-63

<PAGE>



conditional prepayment rate of 3% per annum of the outstanding principal balance
of such mortgage loans in the first month of the life of the mortgage loans and
an additional approximate 1.42% (precisely 17/12) (expressed as a percentage per
annum) in each month thereafter until the twelfth month; beginning in the
twelfth month and in each month thereafter during the life of the mortgage
loans, a conditional prepayment rate of 20% per annum each month is assumed. As
used in the table below, a 0% CPR or a 0% Prepayment Assumption assumes a
prepayment rate equal to 0% CPR or 0% of the Prepayment Assumption, i.e., no
prepayments. Correspondingly, 80% Prepayment Assumption assumes prepayment rates
equal to 80% of the Prepayment Assumption, and so forth. Neither CPR nor the
Prepayment Assumption purports to be a historical description of prepayment
experience or a prediction of the anticipated rate of prepayment of any pool of
mortgage loans, including the Mortgage Loans.

         The following tables have been prepared assuming that Loan Groups I and
II are comprised of Mortgage Loans having the following characteristics (dollar
amounts are approximate):

LOAN GROUP I

(i) the 1st through 11th hypothetical Mortgage Loans set forth below comprise
the Initial Group I Loans included in Loan Group I and the 12th through 15th
hypothetical Mortgage Loans set forth below comprise the Subsequent Mortgage
Loans included in Loan Group I:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    ORIGINAL                       REMAINING
                                     TERM TO          NEXT          TERM TO
   PRINCIPAL         MORTGAGE       MATURITY       ADJUSTMENT       MATURITY        GROSS       LIFETIME    LIFETIME      PERIODIC
    BALANCE            RATE        (IN MONTHS)        DATE        (IN MONTHS)       MARGIN        CAP         FLOOR         CAP
   ---------         --------      -----------     ----------     -----------       ------      --------    --------      --------
<S>                  <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>               <C>         <C>
$   8,423,119.33     10.9235%          360           6/01/98          358            5.68%       17.923%     10.923%       1.500%
$  12,022,121.95     10.8770%          360           7/01/98          359            5.52%       17.867%     10.877%       1.500%
$  17,724,963.00     11.2534%          360           8/01/98          360            5.74%       18.253%     11.255%       1.500%
$      45,675.00     10.7500%          360           9/01/98          360            5.90%       17.750%     10.750%       1.500%
$     110,816.82      8.9900%          360           5/01/99          357            5.25%       14.990%      8.990%       3.000%
$     726,984.69     10.1613%          360           9/01/96          355            5.94%       16.161%     11.891%       1.107%
$   2,316,350.55      9.8140%          360          10/01/96          355            5.66%       16.464%      9.806%       1.227%
$   2,907,257.92      9.5695%          360          11/01/96          357            6.27%       16.409%      9.449%       1.161%
$  11,628,415.76      9.6654%          360          12/01/96          358            5.67%       16.665%      9.597%       1.043%
$  25,819,834.68      9.7064%          360           1/01/97          359            5.70%       16.678%      9.691%       1.065%
$  27,820,124.83     10.0878%          361           2/01/97          360            5.64%       17.088%     10.087%       1.013%
$   7,076,879.26     10.5500%          360           8/01/98          360            5.63%       18.055%     10.550%       1.500%
$   7,076,879.26     10.5500%          360           8/01/98          360            5.63%       18.055%     10.550%       1.500%
$  13,150,288.70      9.3300%          360           2/01/97          360            5.58%       16.393%      9.330%       1.000%
$  13,150,288.70      9.3300%          360           2/01/97          360            5.58%       16.393%      9.330%       1.000%
</TABLE>


(ii) the 12th and 14th hypothetical Mortgage Loans set forth above have an
initial Due Date of October 1, 1996; however, on the Delivery Date, an amount
equal to interest at 10.05% and 8.83% per annum, respectively, on the related
principal balance of the Mortgage Loan will be deposited into the related
Certificate Account and will be available for the Distribution Date occurring in
September 1996; and (iii) the 13th and 15th hypothetical Mortgage Loans set
forth above have an initial Due Date of November 1, 1996; however, on the
Delivery Date, an amount equal to interest at 10.05% and 8.83% per annum,
respectively, on the principal balance of the related Mortgage Loan will be
deposited into the related Certificate Account and will be available for the
Distribution Dates occurring in September and October 1996.


                                      S-64

<PAGE>



LOAN GROUP II

(i) the 1st through 3rd hypothetical Mortgage Loans set forth below comprise the
Initial Group II Loans included in Loan Group II and the 4th and 5th
hypothetical Mortgage Loans set forth below comprise the Subsequent Mortgage
Loans included in Loan Group II:



                                                 REMAINING             ORIGINAL
                                                  TERM TO              TERM TO
    PRINCIPAL                                   MATURITY (IN           MATURITY
     BALANCE              MORTGAGE RATE           MONTHS)            (IN MONTHS)
     -------              -------------           -------            -----------
$    24,914,693.00          11.6985%                358                  360
$    10,627,935.00          11.6714%                360                  360
$     5,961,579.83          12.2209%                175                  178
$     4,247,896.02          11.1700%                359                  359
$     4,247,896.02          11.1700%                359                  359



         (ii) the 4th hypothetical Mortgage Loan set forth above has an initial
Due Date of October 1, 1996; however, on the Delivery Date an amount equal to
the interest at 10.67% per annum, on the principal balance of the Mortgage Loan
will be deposited into the related Certificate Account and will be available for
the Distribution Date occurring in September, 1996, and (iii) the 5th
hypothetical Mortgage Loan set forth above has an initial due date of November
1, 1996; however, on the Delivery Date an amount equal to the interest at 10.67%
per annum, on the principal balance of the Mortgage Loan will be deposited into
the related Certificate Account and will be available for the Distribution Dates
occurring in September and October 1996.

In addition, the following tables have been prepared assuming that the Mortgage
Loans in each Loan Group have the following characteristics: (i) with respect to
the Group I and Group II Loans, the Subsequent Mortgage Loans are purchased by
October 15, 1996, resulting in no mandatory prepayment from the Pre-Funding
Accounts on the Distribution Date in October 1996; (ii) all calculations for the
Mortgage Loans are done on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve
30-day months; (iii) with respect to the Class A Certificates, all weighted
average lives are calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and a 30-day month;
(iv) Due Dates on each Mortgage Loan are the first day of the month; (v) all
scheduled monthly payments on the Mortgage Loans are made in a timely fashion on
the first day of each month, commencing in September 1996, and prepayments are
assumed to be received on the last day of each month, commencing in August 1996
(except for the hypothetical mortgage loans with an October or November, 1996
first Due Date, for which scheduled monthly payments commence in October or
November, 1996, respectively, and prepayments commence in September or October,
1996, respectively); (vii) the Mortgage Rate for the Group I Loans is adjusted
on its next Adjustment Date and on subsequent Adjustment Dates as necessary to a
rate equal to the sum of the Index and the related Gross Margin, subject to the
related Periodic Rate Cap, Lifetime Rate Cap and Lifetime Rate Floor; (viii)
there are no Prepayment Interest Shortfalls; (ix) distributions on the Class A
Certificates are made on the 25th day of each month, commencing in September
1996, (x) the Delivery Date is August 23, 1996; (xi) the Index remains constant
at 5.6875% per annum; (xii) the Required Subordinated Amounts will be set as
provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (xiii) the Mortgage Loans will
prepay at the indicated assumed percentages of CPR or the Prepayment Assumption
in the corresponding order set forth below and (xiv) and with regard to the
weighted average lives neither the holder of a majority percentage interest of
the Class R Certificates or the Master Servicer (or the Certificate Insurer, if
Advanta is removed as Master Servicer) exercises its option to terminate the
Trust Fund when the aggregate principal balance of the Mortgage Loans is reduced
to less than 10% (or 5% in the case of the Master Servicer or the Certificate

                                      S-65

<PAGE>



Insurer) of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans as of the
Cut-off Date and the aggregate Principal Balance of the Subsequent Mortgage
Loans as of the related Subsequent Cut-off Date.

         Based upon the foregoing assumptions, certain of which may not reflect
actual experience, the following tables indicate the projected weighted average
life of each class of Class A Certificates and the percentages of the initial
Certificate Principal Balance of each such class that would be outstanding after
each of the dates shown at various percentages of CPR and the Prepayment
Assumption which will occur simultaneously for both Loan Groups. Investors in
the Class A Certificates should note that, irrespective of the assumptions
above, including the assumption of no losses on the Mortgage Loans, the
following tables show both CPR with respect to Loan Group I and the Prepayment
Assumption with respect to Loan Group II because Cross-Collateralization
Payments will occur with respect to distributions on Loan Group I being paid to
the Group II Certificates.



                                      S-66

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             PERCENTAGE OF INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                                OUTSTANDING AT THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF CPR AND THE PREPAYMENT ASSUMPTION

                                                           CLASS A-1 CERTIFICATES
                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GROUP I (CPR)                   0%        15%        18%       20%        25%       30%        35%       40%
- -------------                --------  ---------  --------  ---------  --------- ---------  --------- ------
GROUP II (PPA)                  0%        50%        75%      100%       115%      125%       150%      200%
- --------------               --------  ---------  --------  ---------  --------- ---------  --------- ------
DISTRIBUTION DATE
- -----------------
<S>                          <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
Initial Percentage               100%     100%      100%       100%       100%      100%       100%    100%
August, 1997...............       96       82        79         77         72        67         62      57
August, 1998...............       96       69        64         60         53        46         39      33
August, 1999...............       95       57        51         47         39        32         26      20
August, 2000...............       95       48        41         38         29        22         16      12
August, 2001...............       94       40        34         30         22        15         11       7
August, 2002...............       93       34        27         24         16        11          7       4
August, 2003...............       92       29        22         19         12         7          4       2
August, 2004...............       91       24        18         15          9         5          3       1
August, 2005...............       90       20        15         12          7         3          1       0
August, 2006...............       89       17        12          9          5         2          1       0
August, 2007...............       88       14        10          7          3         1          0       0
August, 2008...............       86       12         8          6          2         1          0       0
August, 2009...............       85       10         6          4          2         0          0       0
August, 2010...............       83        8         5          3          1         0          0       0
August, 2011...............       81        7         4          2          1         0          0       0
August, 2012...............       79        6         3          2          0         0          0       0
August, 2013...............       76        5         2          1          0         0          0       0
August, 2014...............       73        4         2          1          0         0          0       0
August, 2015...............       70        3         1          1          0         0          0       0
August, 2016...............       67        2         1          0          0         0          0       0
August, 2017...............       62        2         1          0          0         0          0       0
August, 2018...............       58        1         0          0          0         0          0       0
August, 2019...............       53        1         0          0          0         0          0       0
August, 2020...............       47        1         0          0          0         0          0       0
August, 2021...............       41        0         0          0          0         0          0       0
August, 2022...............       35        0         0          0          0         0          0       0
August, 2023...............       27        0         0          0          0         0          0       0
August, 2024...............       19        0         0          0          0         0          0       0
August, 2025...............       10        0         0          0          0         0          0       0
August, 2026...............        0        0         0          0          0         0          0       0

Weighted Average
Lives in Years(1)..........    21.28     5.49      4.59       4.12       3.25      2.66       2.22     1.89
</TABLE>


(1)  The weighted average life of a Certificate is determined by (i) multiplying
     the amount of each distribution in reduction of the Certificate Principal
     Balance by the number of years from the date of issuance of the Certificate
     to the related Distribution Date, (ii) adding the results and (iii)
     dividing the sum by the initial Certificate Principal Balance of the
     Certificate.

                                      S-67

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             PERCENTAGE OF INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                            OUTSTANDING AT THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF CPR AND THE PREPAYMENT ASSUMPTION ("PPA")


                                                             CLASS A-2 CERTIFICATES
GROUP I (CPR)                     0%         15%       18%        20%       25%        30%        35%       40%
- -------------                  ---------  --------- ---------  --------- ---------  ---------  --------  ------
GROUP II (PPA)                    0%         50%       75%       100%      115%       125%       150%      200%
- --------------                 ---------  --------- ---------  --------- ---------  ---------  --------  ------
DISTRIBUTION DATE
- -----------------
<S>                            <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
Initial Percentage............      100%       100%      100%       100%      100%       100%      100%     100%
August, 1997..................       94         82        76         69        65         63        56       43
August, 1998..................       93         61        47         33        24         19         6        0
August, 1999..................       91         43        22          3         0          0         0        0
August, 2000..................       89         27         1          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2001..................       87         12         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2002..................       84          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2003..................       82          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2004..................       79          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2005..................       75          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2006..................       71          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2007..................       67          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2008..................       62          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2009..................       56          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2010..................       49          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2011..................       44          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2012..................       40          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2013..................       35          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2014..................       30          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2015..................       24          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2016..................       18          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2017..................       11          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2018..................        2          0         0          0         0          0         0        0
August, 2019 and thereafter...        0          0         0          0         0          0         0        0

Weighted Average
Lives in Years(1).............    13.35       2.78      2.00       1.59      1.42       1.33      1.16     0.94
</TABLE>


(1)  The weighted average life of a Certificate is determined by (i) multiplying
     the amount of each distribution in reduction of the Certificate Principal
     Balance by the number of years from the date of issuance of the Certificate
     to the related Distribution Date, (ii) adding the results and (iii)
     dividing the sum by the initial Certificate Principal Balance of the
     Certificate.

                                      S-68

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            PERCENTAGE OF INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                  OUTSTANDING AT THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF THE PREPAYMENT ASSUMPTION

                                              CLASS A-3 CERTIFICATES                          
GROUP I (CPR)          0%       15%       18%      20%      25%      30%      35%       40%   
- -------------        -------  -------  -------- -------- --------  -------  -------  -------- 
GROUP II (PPA)         0%       50%       75%     100%     115%     125%     150%      200%   
- --------------       -------  -------  -------- -------- --------  -------  -------  -------- 
DISTRIBUTION DATE
- -----------------
<S>                  <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>       
Initial Percentage.     100%     100%      100%     100%     100%     100%     100%      100%
August, 1997.......     100      100       100      100      100      100      100       100  
August, 1998.......     100      100       100      100      100      100      100        68  
August, 1999.......     100      100       100      100       87       76       50         6  
August, 2000.......     100      100       100       65       46       34        8         0  
August, 2001.......     100      100        72       34       15        3        0         0  
August, 2002.......     100       97        47        9        0        0        0         0  
August, 2003.......     100       76        25        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2004.......     100       57         7        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2005.......     100       41         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2006.......     100       26         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2007.......     100       12         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2008.......     100        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2009.......     100        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2010.......     100        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2011.......     100        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2012.......     100        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2013.......     100        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2014.......     100        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2015.......     100        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2016.......     100        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2017.......     100        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2018.......     100        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2019.......      88        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2020.......      71        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2021.......      51        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2022.......      29        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2023.......       4        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2024.......       0        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2025.......       0        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  
August, 2026.......       0        0         0        0        0        0        0         0  

Weighted
Average
Lives in Years(1)..   24.98    8.63      6.03     4.60     4.02     3.71     3.11      2.33   
- ----------------
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            PERCENTAGE OF INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                  OUTSTANDING AT THE FOLLOWING PERCENTAGES OF THE PREPAYMENT ASSUMPTION

                                              CLASS A-4 CERTIFICATES
GROUP I (CPR)          0%       15%      18%      20%       25%      30%     35%       40%
- -------------       --------  -------  -------  -------  -------- -------- -------  ------
GROUP II (PPA)         0%       50%      75%     100%      115%     125%    150%      200%
- --------------      --------  -------  -------  -------  -------- -------- -------  ------
DISTRIBUTION DATE                                                                         
- -----------------                                                                         
<S>                 <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Initial Percentage.     100%     100%     100%     100%      100%     100%    100%     100%
August, 1997.......     100      100      100      100       100      100     100      100
August, 1998.......     100      100      100      100       100      100     100      100
August, 1999.......     100      100      100      100       100      100     100      100
August, 2000.......     100      100      100      100       100      100     100       64
August, 2001.......     100      100      100      100       100      100      76       37
August, 2002.......     100      100      100      100        89       77      52       21
August, 2003.......     100      100      100       87        68       57      36       12
August, 2004.......     100      100      100       68        51       42      24        6
August, 2005.......     100      100       90       54        38       30      16        3
August, 2006.......     100      100       75       42        28       22      10        1
August, 2007.......     100      100       62       32        21       15       6        0
August, 2008.......     100      100       51       25        15       11       4        0
August, 2009.......     100       87       42       19        11        7       2        0
August, 2010.......     100       75       34       14         7        5       0        0
August, 2011.......     100       65       27       10         5        3       0        0
August, 2012.......     100       57       22        7         3        1       0        0
August, 2013.......     100       50       18        5         2        0       0        0
August, 2014.......     100       43       14        4         1        0       0        0
August, 2015.......     100       37       11        2         0        0       0        0
August, 2016.......     100       31        9        1         0        0       0        0
August, 2017.......     100       26        7        0         0        0       0        0
August, 2018.......     100       22        5        0         0        0       0        0
August, 2019.......     100       17        3        0         0        0       0        0
August, 2020.......     100       14        2        0         0        0       0        0
August, 2021.......     100       10        1        0         0        0       0        0
August, 2022.......     100        7        0        0         0        0       0        0
August, 2023.......     100        5        0        0         0        0       0        0
August, 2024.......      73        2        0        0         0        0       0        0
August, 2025.......      36        0        0        0         0        0       0        0
August, 2026.......       0        0        0        0         0        0       0        0
                                                                                          
Weighted                                                                                  
Average                                                                                   
Lives in Years(1)..   28.65    18.02    13.31    10.26      8.95     8.23    6.81     4.97
- ----------------
</TABLE>


(1)  The weighted average life of a Certificate is determined by (i) multiplying
     the amount of each distribution in reduction of the Certificate Principal
     Balance by the number of years from the date of issuance of the Certificate
     to the related Distribution Date, (ii) adding the results and (iii)
     dividing the sum by the initial Certificate Principal Balance of the
     Certificate.

                             ----------------------

         The actual characteristics and performance of the Mortgage Loans will
differ from the assumptions used in constructing the table set forth above,
which is hypothetical in nature and is provided only to give a general sense of
how the principal cash flows might behave under varying prepayment scenarios.
For example, it is very unlikely that the Mortgage Loans will prepay at the
given levels of CPR or the Prepayment Assumption until maturity or that all of
the Mortgage Loans will prepay at the same level of CPR or the Prepayment
Assumption. Moreover, the diverse remaining terms to maturity of the Mortgage
Loans could produce slower or faster principal distributions than indicated in
the table at the various percentages of CPR or the Prepayment Assumption
specified, even if the weighted average remaining term to maturity of the
Mortgage Loans is as assumed. Any difference between such assumptions and the
actual characteristics and

                                      S-69
<PAGE>



performance of the Mortgage Loans, or actual prepayment or loss experience, will
affect the percentages of initial Certificate Principal Balances outstanding
over time and the weighted average lives of the Class A Certificates.


                         POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

GENERAL

         The Certificates will be issued pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement (the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement"), dated as of August 1, 1996,
among the Company, the Master Servicer and Bankers Trust Company of California,
N.A., as Trustee. Reference is made to the Prospectus for important information
in addition to that set forth herein regarding the terms and conditions of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Class A Certificates. See "The Pooling
Agreement" in the Prospectus.

THE MASTER SERVICER

         Advanta Mortgage Corp. USA (in its capacity as master servicer, the
"Master Servicer") will act as master servicer for the Mortgage Loans pursuant
to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Master Servicer is an indirect
subsidiary of Advanta Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Advanta Parent"), a
publicly-traded company based in Horsham, Pennsylvania with assets as of June
30, 1996 in excess of $5.7 billion. Advanta Parent, through its subsidiaries
(including the Master Servicer) managed assets (including mortgage loans) in
excess of $18.2 billion as of June 30, 1996.

         As of June 30, 1996, the Master Servicer and its subsidiaries were
servicing approximately 36,400 Mortgage Loans in the Owned and Managed Servicing
Portfolio (as defined below) representing an aggregate outstanding principal
balance of approximately $2.1 billion, and approximately 34,600 mortgage loans
in the Third-Party Servicing Portfolio (as defined below) representing an
aggregate outstanding principal balance of approximately $1.46 billion.

         The Certificates will not represent an interest in or obligation of,
nor are the Mortgage Loans guaranteed by, the Master Servicer or the Advanta
Parent.

         In addition to the rights of the Trustee with respect to the Master
Servicer as described in the Prospectus under "The Pooling Agreement," the
Certificate Insurer will have certain rights, described in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, with respect to the removal or resignation of the Master
Servicer and the ability of the Master Servicer to assign any of its obligations
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE MASTER SERVICER

         OWNED AND MANAGED SERVICING PORTFOLIO. The following tables set forth
information relating to the delinquency, loan loss and foreclosure experience of
the Master Servicer for its Owned and Managed Servicing Portfolio for June 30,
1996, and for each of the four prior years. The Master Servicer's "Owned and
Managed Servicing Portfolio" consists of the Master Servicer's servicing
portfolio of fixed and variable rate mortgage loans excluding certain loans
serviced by the Master Servicer that were not originated or purchased and
reunderwritten by the Master Servicer or any affiliate thereof. In addition to
the Owned and Managed Servicing Portfolio, the Master Servicer serviced as of
June 30, 1996, approximately 34,600 mortgage loans with an aggregate principal
balance as of such date of approximately $1.46 billion; such loans were not
originated by the Master Servicer or any affiliate thereof and are being
serviced for third parties on a contract servicing basis (the "Third-Party
Servicing Portfolio"). No loans in the Third-Party Servicing Portfolio are
included in the tables set forth below.

                                      S-70

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 DELINQUENCY AND FORECLOSURE EXPERIENCE OF
                                      THE MASTER SERVICER'S OWNED AND MANAGED SERVICING PORTFOLIO

                                                                      YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------------
                              Six Months Ending
                                JUNE 30, 1996                     1995                          1994               
                        ---------------------------- ------------------------------ -----------------------------  

                           Number         Dollar         Number          Dollar         Number         Dollar      
                             of           Amount           of            Amount           of           Amount      
                            LOANS          (000)          LOANS           (000)          LOANS          (000)      
                        ------------  -------------- --------------  -------------- -------------- --------------  
<S>                     <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
 Portfolio                 36,393       $2,074,115       32,592        $1,797,582       26,446       $1,346,100    

Delinquency
Percentage(1)                1.79%            1.71%        2.67%             2.44%        2.01%            1.57%   
  30-59 days                 0.63             0.63         0.72              0.71         0.57             0.45    
  60-89 days                 1.61             1.41         1.69              1.23         1.85             1.51    
                             ----             ----         ----              ----         ----             ----    
  90 days or more            4.03%            3.75%        5.08%             4.38%        4.43%            3.53%   
Total

Foreclosure Rate(2)          1.34%            1.59%        1.29%             1.53%        1.35%            1.38%   

REO Properties(3)            0.44%            --           0.52%               --         0.47%              --          
</TABLE>



                                        YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                      ----------------------------------------------------------
                                  1993                          1992
                      -----------------------------  ---------------------------
                          Number         Dollar          Number       Dollar
                            of           Amount            of         Amount
                           LOANS          (000)           LOANS        (000)
                      -------------- --------------  -------------- --------

 Portfolio               25,460       $1,149,864         22,318     $908,541 

Delinquency                                                                
Percentage(1)              2.43%            2.22%         2.71%         2.59%
  30-59 days               0.77             0.63          0.64          0.64
  60-89 days               2.19             2.12          1.52          1.69
                           ----             ----          ----          ----
  90 days or more          5.39%            4.97%         4.87%         4.92%
Total

Foreclosure Rate(2)        1.32%            1.62%         2.13%         2.78%

REO Properties(3)          0.42%              --          0.35%           --

- --------------

(1)  The period of delinquency is based on the number of days payments are
     contractually past due. The delinquency statistics for the period exclude
     loans in foreclosure.

(2)  "Foreclosure Rate" is the number of mortgage loans or the dollar amount of
     mortgage loans in foreclosure as a percentage of the total number of
     mortgage loans or the dollar amount of mortgage loans, as the case may be,
     as of the date indicated.

(3)  REO Properties (i.e., "real estate owned" properties -- properties relating
     to mortgage foreclosed or for which deeds in lieu of foreclosure have been
     accepted, and held by the Master Servicer pending disposition) percentages
     are calculated using the number of loans, not the dollar amount.

                                      S-71

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE MASTER SERVICER'S OWNED AND MANAGED SERVICING PORTFOLIO OF MORTGAGE LOANS

                                                                                 YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
                                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               Six Months Ending
                                 JUNE 30, 1996               1995                1994                 1993                1992
                            -----------------------   ------------------   -----------------   ------------------   ---------------

                                                              (Dollars in thousands)


<S>                         <C>                       <C>                  <C>                 <C>                  <C>
Average amount 
  outstanding(1)                      $1,926,067           $1,540,238          $1,225,529           $1,049,447            $786,178

Gross losses(2)                           $6,710              $13,978             $20,886              $14,115              $6,069

Recoveries(3)                                $39                 $148                $179                 $123                $145

Net losses(4)                             $6,671              $13,830             $20,707              $13,992              $5,924

Net losses as a percentage
  of average amount
  outstanding                              0.69%(5)             0.90%               1.69%                 1.33%               0.75%
</TABLE>

- -------------------------

(1)  "Average Amount Outstanding" during the period is the arithmetic average of
     the principal balances of the mortgage loans outstanding on the last
     business day of each month during the period.

(2)  "Gross Losses" are amounts which have been determined to be uncollectible
     relating to mortgage loans for each respective period.

(3)  "Recoveries" are recoveries from liquidation proceeds and deficiency
     judgments.

(4)  "Net Losses" represents "Gross Losses" minus "Recoveries".

(5)  Annualized.


- --------

*    Managed portfolio statistics restated to exclude interest advances on
     serviced portfolio to be consistent with presentation of owned portfolio.


                                      S-72

<PAGE>



         The Master Servicer experienced an increase in the net loss rate on its
Owned and Managed Servicing Portfolio during the period 1990 through 1994. It
believes that such increase was due to four primary factors: the seasoning of
its portfolio, economic conditions, a decline in property values in certain
regions and the acceleration of charge-offs on loans in 1994. In addition, the
level of net losses during such period was negatively impacted by the
performance on its Non-Income Verification ("NIV") loan program. The net loss
rates as a percentage of the average amount outstanding on its Owned and Managed
Servicing Portfolio, excluding NIV loans, are 0.82%, 1.42%, 0.88% and 0.45% for
the periods ending December 31, 1995, December 31, 1994, December 31, 1993 and
December 31, 1992, respectively.*

         There can be no assurance that the delinquency experience of the Group
I Loans and Group II Loans will correspond to the delinquency experience of the
Master Servicer's servicing portfolio set forth in the foregoing tables. The
statistics shown above represent the delinquency experience for the Master
Servicer's servicing portfolio only for the periods presented, whereas the
aggregate delinquency experience on the Group I Loans and Group II Loans will
depend on the results obtained over the life of the related Loan Group. The
Master Servicer's servicing portfolio includes mortgage loans with a variety of
payment and other characteristics (including geographic location) which are not
necessarily representative of the payment and other characteristics of the Group
I Loans and Group II Loans. The Master Servicer's servicing portfolio includes
mortgage loans underwritten pursuant to guidelines not necessarily
representative of those applicable to the Group I Loans and Group II Loans. It
should be noted that if the residential real estate market should experience an
overall decline in property values, the actual rates of delinquencies and
foreclosures could be higher than those previously experienced by the Master
Servicer. In addition, adverse economic conditions may affect the timely payment
by mortgagors of scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Group I
Loans and, accordingly, the actual rates of delinquencies and foreclosures with
respect to the Group I Loans and Group II Loans.

SERVICING AND OTHER COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

         The Servicing Fees for each Mortgage Loan are payable out of the
interest payments on such Mortgage Loan. The Servicing Fees will accrue at a
rate per annum (the "Servicing Fee Rate") on the outstanding principal balance
of each Mortgage Loan equal to 0.50% per annum. The Servicing Fees consist of
servicing compensation payable to the Master Servicer in respect of its master
servicing and direct servicing activities. In addition, the Master Servicer
shall be entitled to receive, as additional servicing compensation, to the
extent permitted by applicable law and the related Mortgage Notes, any late
payment charges, assumption fees or similar items. The Master Servicer shall pay
all expenses incurred by it in connection with its servicing activities under
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and shall not be entitled to reimbursement
therefor except as specifically provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

THE TRUSTEE

         Bankers Trust Company of California, N.A. (the "Trustee"), a national
banking association, will act as trustee for the Certificates pursuant to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Trustee will be entitled to a fee, payable
monthly, of 0.01% per annum of the Principal Balance (as defined herein) of each
Mortgage Loan (the "Trustee's Fee"). See "The Pooling Agreement" in the
Prospectus.

- --------
* MANAGED PORTFOLIO STATISTICS RESTATED TO EXCLUDE INTEREST ADVANCES ON SERVICED
PORTFOLIO TO BE CONSISTENT WITH PRESENTATION OF OWNED PORTFOLIO.


                                      S-73

<PAGE>



EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         In addition to the Events of Default listed in the Prospectus under
"The Pooling Agreement--Events of Default," the Master Servicer may be removed
if the delinquency or loss experience of the Mortgage Loans exceeds certain
levels specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

TERMINATION

         The Pooling and Servicing Agreement will terminate upon notice to the
Trustee of either: (a) the later of the distribution to Certificateholders of
the final payment or collection with respect to the last Mortgage Loan (or
Advances of same by the Master Servicer), or the disposition of all funds with
respect to the last Mortgage Loan and the remittance of all funds due under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the payment of all amounts due and payable
to the Certificate Insurer and the Trustee or (b) mutual consent of the Master
Servicer, the Certificate Insurer and all Certificateholders in writing;
provided, however, that in no event will the Trust Fund established by the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement terminate later than twenty-one years after the
death of the last surviving lineal descendant of the person named in the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.

         Subject to provisions in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the
holder of a majority percentage interest of the Class R Certificates or the
Master Servicer (or the Certificate Insurer, if Advanta is removed as Master
Servicer) may, at its option and at its sole cost and expense, on any
Distribution Date when the aggregate Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loans is
less than 10% (5% with respect to the exercise of this option by the Master
Servicer or the Certificate Insurer) of the sum of the aggregate principal
balance of the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date and the aggregate principal
balance of the Subsequent Mortgage Loans as of the related Subsequent Cut-off
Date, purchase from the Trust Fund all of the outstanding Mortgage Loans at a
price equal to the sum of (a) 100% of the Principal Balance of each outstanding
Mortgage Loan, (b) the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the
Mortgage Loans through the related Due Period and 30 days' accrued interest
thereon at a rate equal to the Mortgage Rate (net of the Servicing Fee Rate in
the case of such a purchase by the Master Servicer), (c) any Group I Class A
Available Funds Cap Carry-Forward Amount for such Distribution Date (unless the
Certificate Insurer exercises this option), (d) any unreimbursed amounts due to
the Certificate Insurer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the
Insurance Agreement (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement), (e) any
excess of the actual stated principal balance of each such Mortgage Loan over
the Principal Balance thereof, the aggregate amount of accrued and unpaid
interest on such excess through the related due period and 30 days' interest on
such excess at a rate equal to the related Mortgage Interest Rate with respect
to each related Mortgage Loan, and (f) the amount of any unreimbursed Servicing
Advances made by the Master Servicer with respect to the related Mortgage Loans.
Any such purchase shall be accomplished by deposit into the related Certificate
Account of the purchase price specified above. No such termination is permitted
without the prior written consent of the Certificate Insurer if it would result
in a draw on the related Certificate Insurance Policy. See "The Pooling
Agreement--Termination; Retirement of Certificates" in the Prospectus.


                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         Upon the issuance of the Class A Certificates, Thacher Proffitt & Wood,
counsel to the Company, will deliver its opinion generally to the effect that,
assuming compliance with all provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
for federal income tax purposes, the Trust Fund (exclusive of the Interest
Coverage Accounts and the Pre-Funding Accounts) will qualify as a REMIC under
the Code.


                                      S-74

<PAGE>



         For federal income tax purposes, the Class A Certificates and the
Subordinate Certificates will represent ownership of "regular interests" in the
REMIC and will generally be treated as representing ownership of debt
instruments issued by the REMIC and the Class R Certificates will constitute the
sole class of "residual interests" in the REMIC. See "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences--REMICs" in the Prospectus.

         For federal income tax reporting purposes, the Class A Certificates
will not be treated as having been issued with original issue discount. The
prepayment assumption that will be used with respect to the Group I Class A
Certificates and the Group II Class A Certificates in determining the rate of
accrual of original issue discount, market discount and premium, if any, for
federal income tax purposes will be based on the assumption that, subsequent to
the date of any determination the Mortgage Loans will prepay at a rate equal to
a 25% CPR and a 115% Prepayment Assumption, respectively. No representation is
made that the Mortgage Loans will prepay at this rate or at any other rate. See
"Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences--General--REMICs--Taxation of Owners of
REMIC Regular Certificates--Original Issue Discount" in the Prospectus.

         The Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") has issued regulations (the
"OID Regulations") under Sections 1271 to 1275 of the Code generally addressing
the treatment of debt instruments issued with original issue discount.
Purchasers of the Class A Certificates should be aware that the OID Regulations
do not adequately address certain issues relevant to, or are not applicable to,
securities such as the Class A Certificates. In addition, there is considerable
uncertainty concerning the application of the OID Regulations to REMIC Regular
Certificates that provide for payments based on an adjustable rate. Because of
the uncertainty concerning the application of Section 1272(a)(6) of the Code to
such Certificates and because the rules of the OID Regulations relating to debt
instruments having an adjustable rate of interest are limited in their
application in ways that could preclude their application to such Certificates
even in the absence of Section 1272(a)(6) of the Code, the IRS could assert that
the Class A Certificates are issued with original issue discount or should be
governed by the rules applicable to debt instruments having contingent payments
or by some other method not yet set forth in regulations. Prospective purchasers
of the Class A Certificates are advised to consult their tax advisors concerning
the tax treatment of such Certificates.

         A reasonable method of reporting original issue discount with respect
to the Class A Certificates if the IRS determines such Certificates are issued
with original issue discount generally would be to report all income with
respect to such Certificates as original issue discount for each period,
computing such original issue discount (i) by assuming that the value of the
applicable index will remain constant for purposes of determining the original
yield to maturity of, and projecting future distributions on, each Class of such
Certificates, thereby treating such Certificates as fixed rate instruments to
which the original issue discount computation rules described in the Prospectus
can be applied, and (ii) by accounting for any positive or negative variation in
the actual value of the applicable index in any period from its assumed value as
a current adjustment to original issue discount with respect to such period. See
"Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences--REMICs--Taxation of Owners of REMIC
Regular Certificates--Original Issue Discount" in the Prospectus.

         In certain circumstances the OID Regulations permit the holder of a
debt instrument to recognize original issue discount under a method that differs
from that used by the issuer. Accordingly, it is possible that the holder of a
Certificate may be able to select a method for recognizing original issue
discount that differs from that used in preparing reports to the
Certificateholders and the IRS.

         The Class A Certificates may be treated for federal income tax purposes
as having been issued at a premium. Whether any holder of a Class A Certificate
will be treated as holding a certificate with amortizable bond premium will
depend on such Certificateholder's purchase price and the distributions
remaining to be made on such Certificate at the time of its acquisition by such
Certificateholder. Holders


                                      S-75

<PAGE>



of the Class A Certificates should consult their tax advisors regarding the
possibility of making an election to amortize such premium. See "Certain Federal
Income Tax Consequences--REMICs--Taxation of Owners of REMIC Regular
Certificates" and "--Premium" in the Prospectus.

         The Class A Certificates will be treated as "qualifying real property
loans" under Section 593(d) of the Code, assets described in Section
7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code and "real estate assets" under Section 856(c)(5)(A)
of the Code generally in the same proportion that the assets of the Trust Fund
would be so treated. In addition, interest on the Class A Certificates will be
treated as "interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real property" under
Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Code generally to the extent that such Class A
Certificates are treated as "real estate assets" under Section 856(c)(5)(A) of
the Code. To the extent the manufactured housing loans meet the requirements of
Section 25(e)(10) of the Code, the Class A Certificates will be treated as
assets described in the foregoing sections of the Code. Moreover, the Class A
Certificates will be "qualified mortgages" within the meaning of Section
860G(a)(3) of the Code. See "The Pooling and Servicing Agreement--Termination"
herein and "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences--REMICs--Characterization of
Investments in REMIC Certificates" in the Prospectus.

         For further information regarding federal income tax consequences of
investing in the Class A Certificates, see "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences--REMICs" in the Prospectus.


                             METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION

         Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an Underwriting
Agreement, dated August 21, 1996 (the "Underwriting Agreement"), among Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated ("Morgan Stanley"), Lehman Brothers Inc. ("Lehman";
Morgan Stanley and Lehman together, the "Underwriters"), the Company and the
Seller, the Underwriters have agreed to purchase and the Company has agreed to
sell to the Underwriters the Class A Certificates. It is expected that delivery
of the Class A Certificates will be made only in book-entry form through the
Same Day Funds Settlement System of DTC, on or about August 23, 1996, against
payment therefor in immediately available funds.

         The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligation of the
Underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the Class A Certificates is
subject to, among other things, the receipt of certain legal opinions and to the
conditions, among others, that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Company's Registration Statement shall be in effect, and that no proceedings for
such purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the Securities and
Exchange Commission.

         The distribution of the Class A Certificates by the Underwriters may be
effected from time to time in one or more negotiated transactions, or otherwise,
at varying prices to be determined at the time of sale. Proceeds to the Company
from the sale of the Class A Certificates, before deducting expenses payable by
the Company, will be approximately 99.13% of the aggregate initial Certificate
Principal Balance of the Class A Certificates plus accrued interest on the Group
II Class A Certificates from August 1, 1996. The Underwriters may effect such
transactions by selling the Class A Certificates to or through dealers, and such
dealers may receive compensation in the form of underwriting discounts,
concessions or commissions from the Underwriters. In connection with the sale of
the Class A Certificates, the Underwriters may be deemed to have received
compensation from the Company in the form of underwriting compensation. The
Underwriters and any dealers that participate with the Underwriters in the
distribution of the Class A Certificates may be deemed to be underwriters and
any profit on the resale of the Class A Certificates positioned by them may be
deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act of
1933.

         The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Company and the Seller
will jointly and severally indemnify the Underwriters, and that under limited
circumstances the Underwriters will indemnify the


                                      S-76

<PAGE>



Company, against certain civil liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or
contribute to payments required to be made in respect thereof.

         There can be no assurance that a secondary market for the Class A
Certificates will develop or, if it does develop, that it will continue. The
primary source of information available to investors concerning the Class A
Certificates will be the monthly statements discussed in the Prospectus under
"Description of the Certificates--Reports to Certificateholders," which will
include information as to the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
Certificates. There can be no assurance that any additional information
regarding the Class A Certificates will be available through any other source.
In addition, the Company is not aware of any source through which price
information about the Class A Certificates will be generally available on an
ongoing basis. The limited nature of such information regarding the Class A
Certificates may adversely affect the liquidity of the Class A Certificates,
even if a secondary market for the Class A Certificates becomes available.


                                 LEGAL OPINIONS

         Certain legal matters relating to the Certificates will be passed upon
for the Company and the Underwriters by Thacher Proffitt & Wood, New York, New
York and for the Certificate Insurer by Kutak Rock, Omaha, Nebraska.


                                     RATINGS

         It is a condition of the issuance of the Class A Certificates that they
be rated "AAA" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P") and Duff & Phelps
Credit Rating Co. ("DCR") and "Aaa" by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
("Moody's").

         S&P's ratings on mortgage loan asset-backed pass-through certificates
address the likelihood of the receipt by Certificateholders of payments required
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. S&P's ratings take into consideration
the credit quality of the mortgage pool, structural and legal aspects associated
with the Certificates, and the extent to which the payment stream in the
mortgage pool is adequate to make payments required under the Certificates.
S&P's rating on the Certificates does not, however, constitute a statement
regarding frequency of prepayments on the mortgages. See "Certain Yield and
Prepayment Considerations" herein.

         The ratings assigned by Moody's to mortgage loan asset-backed
pass-through certificates also address the likelihood of the receipt by
Certificateholders of all distributions to which such Certificateholders are
entitled. The rating process addresses the structural and legal aspects
associated with the Certificates, including the nature of the underlying
mortgage loans. The ratings assigned to mortgage loan asset-backed pass-through
certificates do not represent any assessment of the likelihood or rate of
principal prepayments. The ratings do not address the possibility that
Certificateholders might suffer a lower than anticipated yield.

         The ratings assigned by DCR to mortgage loan asset-backed pass-through
certificates address the likelihood of the receipt by Certificateholders of all
distributions to which they are entitled under the transaction structure. DCR's
ratings reflect its analysis of the riskiness of the mortgage loans and its
analysis of the structure of the transaction as set forth in the operative
documents. In addition, DCR considers the claims paying ability of the
Certificate Insurer to be comparable to that of other companies for which DCR
assigns a "AAA" claims paying ability. DCR's ratings do not address the effect
on the certificates' yield attributable to prepayments or recoveries on the
underlying mortgages.



                                      S-77

<PAGE>



         The Company has not requested a rating on the Class A Certificates by
any rating agency other than S&P, Moody's and DCR. However, there can be no
assurance as to whether any other rating agency will rate the Class A
Certificates, or, if it does, what rating would be assigned by any such other
rating agency. A rating on the Certificates by another rating agency, if
assigned at all, may be lower than the ratings assigned to the Class A
Certificates by S&P, Moody's and DCR.

         The ratings assigned to the Class A-1 Certificates do not cover the
payment of any Group I Class A Available Funds Cap Carry-Forward Amount.

         A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold
securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the
assigning rating organization. Each security rating should be evaluated
independently of any other security rating. In the event that the ratings
initially assigned to the Class A Certificates are subsequently lowered for any
reason, no person or entity is obligated to provide any additional support or
credit enhancement with respect to the Class A Certificates.


                                LEGAL INVESTMENT

         The Group I Class A Certificates will constitute "mortgage related
securities" for purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of
1984 ("SMMEA") for so long as they are rated in at least the second highest
rating category by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating
agencies, and, as such, are legal investments for certain entities to the extent
provided in SMMEA. SMMEA provides, however, that states could override its
provision on legal investment and restrict or condition investment in mortgage
related securities by taking statutory action on or prior to October 3, 1991.
The Group II Class A Certificates will not constitute "mortgage related
securities" for purposes of SMMEA.

         The Company makes no representations as to the proper characterization
of the Class A Certificates for legal investment or other purposes, or as to the
ability of particular investors to purchase the Class A Certificates under
applicable legal investment restrictions. These uncertainties may adversely
affect the liquidity of the Class A Certificates. Accordingly, all institutions
whose investment activities are subject to legal investment laws and
regulations, regulatory capital requirements or review by regulatory authorities
should consult with their legal advisors in determining whether and to what
extent the Class A Certificates constitutes a legal investment or is subject to
investment, capital or other restrictions.

         See "Legal Investment Matters" in the Prospectus.


                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

                  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA") and the Code impose certain requirements on employee benefit
plans and certain other retirement plans and arrangements (including, but not
limited to, individual retirement accounts and annuities), as well as on
collective investment funds and certain separate and general accounts in which
such plans or arrangements are invested (all of which are hereinafter referred
to as a "Plan") and on persons who are fiduciaries with respect to such Plans.
Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan to acquire any of the Class A
Certificates would be required to determine whether such an investment is
permitted under the governing Plan instruments and is prudent and appropriate
for the Plan in view of its overall investment policy and the composition and
diversification of its portfolio. In addition, ERISA and the Code prohibit
certain transactions involving the assets of a Plan and "disqualified persons"
(within the meaning of the Code) and "parties in interest" (within the meaning
of ERISA) who have certain specified relationships to the Plan. Therefore, a
Plan fiduciary considering an investment in the Class A Certificates should also


                                      S-78

<PAGE>



consider whether such an investment might constitute or give rise to a
prohibited transaction under ERISA or the Code. Any Plan fiduciary which
proposes to cause a Plan to acquire any of the Class A Certificates should
consult with its counsel with respect to the potential consequences under ERISA
and the Code of the Plan's acquisition and ownership of such Certificates.

                  The U.S. Department of Labor has granted to Morgan Stanley an
administrative exemption (Prohibited Transaction Exemption 90-24, 55 Fed. Reg.
20,548 (1990) (the "Morgan Stanley Exemption") and to Lehman an administrative
exemption (Prohibited Transaction Exemption 91-14, as amended; Exemption
Application No. D-7958, 56 Fed. Reg. 7414 (the "Lehman Exemption"; the Morgan
Stanley Exemption and the Lehman Exemption together, the "Exemptions") from
certain of the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the related excise tax
provisions of Section 4975 of the Code with respect to the initial purchase, the
holding and the subsequent resale by Plans of certificates in pass-through
trusts that consist of certain receivables, loans, and other obligations that
meet the conditions and requirements of the Exemptions.

                  Among the conditions that must be satisfied for the Exemptions
to apply are the following:

                   (1) the acquisition of the Class A Certificates by a Plan is
              on terms (including the price for such Certificates) that are at
              least as favorable to the Plan as they would be in an arm's length
              transaction with an unrelated party;

                   (2) the rights and interests evidenced by the Class A
              Certificates acquired by the Plan are not subordinated to the
              rights and interests evidenced by other certificates of the Trust
              Fund;

                   (3) the Class A Certificates acquired by the Plan have
              received a rating at the time of such acquisition that is one of
              the three highest generic rating categories from either S&P,
              Moody's, DCR or Fitch Investors Service, L.P. ("Fitch").

                   (4) the Trustee must not be an affiliate of any other member
              of the Restricted Group (as defined below);

                   (5) the sum of all payments made to and retained by the
              Underwriters in connection with the distribution of the Class A
              Certificates represents not more than reasonable compensation for
              underwriting such Certificates; the sum of all payments made to
              and retained by the Company pursuant to the assignment of the
              Mortgage Loans to the Trust Fund represents not more than the fair
              market value of such Mortgage Loans; the sum of all payments made
              to and retained by the Master Servicer and any other servicer
              represents not more than reasonable compensation for such person's
              services under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and
              reimbursements of such person's reasonable expenses in connection
              therewith; and

                   (6) the Plan investing in the Class A Certificates is an
              "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D
              of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act
              of 1933.

              The Trust Fund must also meet the following requirements:

                   (i) the corpus of the Trust Fund must consists solely of
              assets of the type that have been included in other investment
              pools;


                                      S-79

<PAGE>



                   (ii) certificates in such other investment pools must have
              been rated in one of the three highest rating categories of S&P,
              Moody's, Fitch or DCR for at least one year prior to the Plan's
              acquisition of the Class A Certificates; and

                   (iii) certificates evidencing interests in such other
              investment pools must have been purchased by investors other than
              Plans for at least one year prior to any Plan's acquisition of the
              Class A Certificates.

                  Moreover, the Exemptions provide relief from certain
self-dealing/conflict of interest prohibited transactions that may occur when
the Plan fiduciary causes a Plan to acquire certificates in a trust in which the
fiduciary (or its affiliate) is an obligor on the receivables held in the trust
provided that, among other requirements, (i) in the case of an acquisition in
connection with the initial issuance of certificates, at least fifty percent of
each class of certificates in which Plans have invested is acquired by persons
independent of the Restricted Group; (ii) such fiduciary (or its affiliate) is
an obligor with respect to five percent or less of the fair market value of the
obligations contained in the trust; (iii) the Plan's investment in certificates
of any Class does not exceed twenty-five percent of all of the certificates of
that Class outstanding at the time of the acquisition; and (iv) immediately
after the acquisition, no more than twenty-five percent of the assets of the
Plan with respect to which such person is a fiduciary are invested in
certificates representing an interest in one or more trusts containing assets
sold or served by the same entity. The Exemptions do not apply to Plans
sponsored by the Seller, the Company, the Underwriters, the Trustee, the Master
Servicer, the Certificate Insurer, any obligor with respect to Mortgage Loans
included in the Trust Fund constituting more than five percent of the aggregate
unamortized principal balance of the assets in the Trust Fund, or any affiliate
of such parties (the "Restricted Group").

                  The Company believes that the Exemptions will apply to the
acquisition and holding of the Class A Certificates by Plans and that all
conditions of the Exemptions other than those within the control of the
investors will be met. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Exemptions will
not apply with respect to any Class A Certificates until such time as the
balance of the related Pre-Funding Account is reduced to zero. As of the date
hereof, there is no single Mortgage Loan included in the Trust Fund that
constitutes more than five percent of the aggregate unamortized principal
balance of the assets of the Trust Fund.

                  Prospective Plan investors should consult with their legal
advisors concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code, the applicability of
Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 83-1, the Exemptions and any other
administrative exemption under ERISA, and the potential consequences in their
specific circumstances, prior to making an investment in the Class A
Certificates. Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should determine whether under the
general fiduciary standards of investment procedure and diversification an
investment in the Class A Certificates is appropriate for the Plan, taking into
account the overall investment policy of the Plan and the composition of the
Plan's investment portfolio. In particular, purchasers that are insurance
companies should consult with their counsel with respect to the recent United
States Supreme Court case, JOHN HANCOCK MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE CO. V. HARRIS
TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK (decided December 13, 1993). In JOHN HANCOCK, the Supreme
Court ruled that assets held in an insurance company's general account may be
deemed to be "plan assets" under certain circumstances. Purchasers should
analyze whether the decision may have an impact with respect to purchases of the
Class A Certificates. In particular, such an insurance company should consider
the retroactive and prospective exemptive relief proposed by the Department of
Labor for transactions involving insurance company general account in respect of
Application No. D-9622, 59 Fed. Reg. 43134 (August 22, 1994). See "ERISA
Considerations" in the Prospectus.


                                      S-80

<PAGE>



                                     EXPERTS

         The consolidated financial statements of the Certificate Insurer, MBIA
Insurance Corporation (formerly known as Municipal Bond Investors Assurance
Corporation), as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and for the years ended December
31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, included as Appendix A to this Prospectus Supplement
have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent auditors, as set
forth in their report thereon appearing in this Prospectus Supplement and are
included in reliance upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.


                                      S-81

<PAGE>


===============================================================================
         NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY
OR BY THE UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS DO NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE
SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY TO ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE PERSON
MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANYONE TO WHOM
IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE ANY SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF
THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL,
UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT INFORMATION HEREIN OR
THEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SINCE THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
OR THE PROSPECTUS.
                                -----------------
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
                             Prospectus Supplement
Summary.................................................................... S-3
Risk actors............................................................... S-21 
Description of the Mortgage Pool.......................................... S-23 
Description of the Certificates........................................... S-44 
MBIA Insurance Corporation................................................ S-59 
Certain Yield and Prepayment Considerations............................... S-61
Pooling and Servicing Agreement........................................... S-70 
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences................................... S-74 
Method of Distribution.................................................... S-76
Legal Opinions............................................................ S-77
Ratings................................................................... S-77 
Legal Investment.......................................................... S-78
ERISA Considerations...................................................... S-78
Experts................................................................... S-81
Appendix A - Audited Financial Statements 
     of the Certificate Insurer ........................................... A-1
Appendix B - Unaudited Financial Statements 
     of the Certificate Insurer ........................................... B-1
Appendix C - Underwriting Guidelines
     Applicable to the Mortgage Loans...................................... C-1

                                   Prospectus
Summary of Prospectus......................................................   4
Risk Factors...............................................................  12
The Mortgage Pools.........................................................  15
Servicing of Mortgage Loans ...............................................  24
Description of the Certificates............................................  31
Description of Credit Enhancement..........................................  43
Purchase Obligations.......................................................  50
Primary Mortgage Insurance, Hazard
     Insurance; Claims Thereunder..........................................  50
The Company................................................................  53
Imperial Credit Industries, Inc............................................  53
The Pooling Agreement......................................................  54
Yield Considerations.......................................................  59
Maturity and Prepayment Considerations.....................................  61
Certain Legal Aspects of Mortgage
     Loans ................................................................  62
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences....................................  73
State and Other Tax Consequences...........................................  96
ERISA Considerations.......................................................  96
Legal Investment Matters...................................................  99
Use of Proceeds............................................................ 100
Methods of Distribution.................................................... 100
Legal Matters.............................................................. 101
Financial Information...................................................... 101
Rating..................................................................... 101
Index of Principal Definitions............................................. 103

===============================================================================


<PAGE>

===============================================================================
                                SOUTHERN PACIFIC
                              SECURED ASSETS CORP.



                                  $200,000,000



              MORTGAGE LOAN ASSET-BACKED PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES
                                  SERIES 1996-3

                    $150,000,000           CLASS A-1 CERTIFICATES

                    $ 24,400,000           CLASS A-2 CERTIFICATES

                    $ 13,800,000           CLASS A-3 CERTIFICATES

                    $ 11,800,000           CLASS A-4 CERTIFICATES



















                   ------------------------------------------

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

                 -----------------------------------------------




                        MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED

                                 LEHMAN BROTHERS

                                 AUGUST 21, 1996



<PAGE>



                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES


                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                        As of December 31, 1995 and 1994
                             and for the years ended
                        December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993





















<PAGE>



                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
                        ---------------------------------


TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDER OF
MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION:


We have audited the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of MBIA Insurance
Corporation  and  Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related
consolidated  statements  of income,  changes in  shareholder's  equity and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1995.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the consolidated  financial  position of MBIA Insurance
Corporation  and  Subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1995  and  1994,  and  the
consolidated  results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended  December 31, 1995 in conformity  with generally
accepted accounting principles.

As  discussed  in Note 7 to the  consolidated  financial  statements,  effective
January 1, 1993 the Company adopted Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards
No.  109  "Accounting  for  Income  Taxes."  As  discussed  in  Note  2  to  the
consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 1994 the Company adopted
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 115,  "Accounting  for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities."

                                               \s\ COOPERS & LYBRAND

New York, New York
January 22, 1996

<PAGE>

 

                          MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                      (Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31, 1995      December 31, 1994
                                                     -------------------    ----------------

                ASSETS
Investments:
<S>                                                      <C>                     <C>       
  Fixed maturity securities held as available-for-sale
    at fair value (amortized cost $3,428,986 and
     $3,123,838                                          $3,652,621               3,051,906
  Short-term investments, at amortized cost
     (which approximates fair value)                        198,035                 121,384
   Other investments                                         14,064                  11,970
                                                       ------------            ------------
      Total investments                                   3,864,720               3,185,260
Cash and cash equivalents                                     2,135                   1,332
Accrued investment income                                    60,247                  55,347
Deferred acquisition costs                                  140,348                 133,048
Prepaid reinsurance premiums                                200,887                 186,492
Goodwill (less accumulated amortization of
   $37,366 and $32,437)                                     105,614                 110,543
Property and equipment, at cost (less accumulated
   depreciation of $12,137 and $9,501)                       41,169                  39,648
Receivable for investments sold                               5,729                     945
Other assets                                                 42,145                  46,552
                                                        ------------            ------------
      TOTAL ASSETS                                       $4,462,994              $3,759,167
                                                        ============            ===========

             LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

Liabilities:
   Deferred premium revenue                             $ 1,616,315             $ 1,512,211
   Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves                 42,505                  40,148
   Deferred income taxes                                    212,925                  97,828
   Payable for investments purchased                         10,695                   6,552
   Other liabilities                                         54,682                  46,925
                                                        ------------            ------------
      TOTAL LIABILITIES                                   1,937,122               1,703,664
                                                        ------------            ------------
Shareholder's Equity:
   Common stock, par value $150 per share; authorized,
     issued and outstanding - 100,000 shares                 15,000                  15,000
   Additional paid-in capital                             1,021,584                 953,655
   Retained earnings                                      1,341,855               1,134,061
   Cumulative translation adjustment                          2,704                     427
   Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments,
     net of deferred income tax provision (benefit)
     of $78,372 and $(25,334)                               144,729                 (47,640)
                                                        ------------            ------------
      TOTAL SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY                          2,525,872               2,055,503
                                                        ------------            ------------
      TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY         $4,462,994              $3,759,167
                                                        ============            ============

    The accompanying  notes are an integral part of the  consolidated  financial
    statements.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                     MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Years ended December 31
                                               ----------------------------------------
                                                 1995           1994           1993
                                                ---------     ----------     ----------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>

Revenues:
    Gross premiums written                      $349,812       $361,523       $479,390
    Ceded premiums                               (45,050)       (49,281)       (47,552)
                                               ----------     ----------     ----------
      Net premiums written                       304,762        312,242        431,838
    Increase in deferred premium revenue         (88,365)       (93,226)      (200,519)
                                               ----------     ----------     ----------
      Premiums earned (net of ceded
          premiums of $30,655
           $33,340 and $41,409)                  216,397        219,016        231,319
    Net investment income                        219,834        193,966        175,329
    Net realized gains                             7,777         10,335          8,941
    Other income                                   2,168          1,539          3,996
                                               ----------     ----------     ----------
      Total revenues                             446,176        424,856        419,585
                                               ----------     ----------     ----------
Expenses:
    Losses and loss adjustment expenses           10,639          8,093          7,821
    Policy acquisition costs, net                 21,283         21,845         25,480
    Underwriting and operating expenses           41,812         41,044         38,006
                                               ----------     ----------     ----------
      Total expenses                              73,734         70,982         71,307
                                               ----------     ----------     ----------
Income before income taxes and cumulative
    effect of accounting changes                 372,442        353,874        348,278

Provision for income taxes                        81,748         77,125         86,684
                                               ----------     ----------     ----------
Income before cumulative effect of
    accounting changes                           290,694        276,749        261,594

Cumulative effect of accounting changes              ---            ---         12,923
                                               ----------     ----------     ----------
Net income                                      $290,694       $276,749       $274,517
                                               ==========     ==========     ==========

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                       MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
              For the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
                 (Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     Unrealized
                                                              Additional             Cumulative     Appreciation
                                              Common Stock     Paid-in    Retained  Translation    (Depreciation)
                                            Shares   Amount    Capital    Earnings   Adjustment    of Investments
                                            ------- --------  ----------  ---------- ----------    --------------
<S>                                         <C>     <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>  
Balance, January 1, 1993                    100,000 $ 15,000  $  931,943  $  670,795   $  (474)     $  2,379

Net income                                     ---      ---         ---      274,517       ---           ---

Change in foreign currency translation         ---      ---         ---         ---       (729)          ---

Change in unrealized appreciation
   of investments net of change in
   deferred income taxes of $(1,381)           ---      ---         ---         ---        ---         2,461

Dividends declared (per
   common share $500.00)                       ---      ---         ---      (50,000)      ---           ---

Tax reduction related to tax sharing
   agreement with MBIA Inc.                    ---      ---       11,851         ---        ---           ---
                                            ------- --------  ----------  ---------- ----------  ------------
Balance, December 31, 1993                  100,000   15,000     943,794     895,312     (1,203)        4,840
                                            ------- --------  ----------  ---------- ----------  ------------

Net income                                     ---      ---         ---      276,749        ---           ---

Change in foreign currency translation         ---      ---         ---         ---      1,630           ---

Change in unrealized depreciation
   of investments net of change in
   deferred income taxes of $27,940            ---      ---         ---         ---        ---       (52,480)

Dividends declared (per
   common share $380.00)                       ---      ---         ---      (38,000)       ---           ---

Tax reduction related to tax sharing
   agreement with MBIA Inc.                    ---      ---       9,861         ---        ---           ---
                                            ------- --------  ----------  ---------- ----------  ------------
Balance, December 31, 1994                  100,000  15,000     953,655    1,134,061        427       (47,640)
                                            ------- --------  ----------  ---------- ----------  ------------

Exercise of stock options                      ---      ---       5,403         ---         ---           ---

Net income                                     ---      ---         ---      290,694        ---           ---

Change in foreign currency translation         ---      ---         ---         ---       2,277           ---

Change in unrealized appreciation
   of investments net of change in
   deferred income taxes of $(103,707)         ---      ---         ---         ---         ---       192,369

Dividends declared (per
   common share $829.00)                       ---      ---         ---      (82,900)       ---           ---

Capital contribution from MBIA Inc.            ---      ---      52,800         ---         ---           ---

Tax reduction related to tax sharing
   agreement with MBIA Inc.                    ---      ---       9,726         ---         ---           ---
                                            ======= ========  ==========  ========== ==========  ============
Balance, December 31, 1995                  100,000 $ 15,000  $1,021,584  $1,341,855   $  2,704      $144,729
                                            ======= ========  ==========  ========== ==========  ============

  The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated
financial statements.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                      (Dollars in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Years ended December 31
                                                          -----------------------------------------
                                                             1995          1994           1993
                                                          -----------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income                                              $290,694       $276,749       $274,517
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
      cash provided by operating activities:
       Increase in accrued investment income                  (4,900)        (3,833)        (5,009)
       Increase in deferred acquisition costs                 (7,300)       (12,564)       (10,033)
       Increase in prepaid reinsurance premiums              (14,395)       (15,941)        (6,143)
       Increase in deferred premium revenue                  104,104        109,167        206,662
       Increase in loss and loss adjustment expense reserves   2,357          6,413          8,225
       Depreciation                                            2,676          1,607          1,259
       Amortization of goodwill                                4,929          4,961          5,001
       Amortization of bond (discount) premium, net           (2,426)           621           (743)
       Net realized gains on sale of investments              (7,778)       (10,335)        (8,941)
       Deferred income taxes                                  11,391         19,082          7,503
       Other, net                                             29,080         (8,469)        15,234
                                                          -----------   ------------   ------------
       Total adjustments to net income                       117,738         90,709        213,015
                                                          -----------   ------------   ------------
       Net cash provided by operating activities             408,432        367,458        487,532
                                                          -----------   ------------   ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
       Purchase of fixed maturity securities, net
         of payable for investments purchased               (897,128)    (1,060,033)      (786,510)
       Sale of fixed maturity securities, net of
         receivable for investments sold                     473,352        515,548        205,342
       Redemption of fixed maturity securities,
         net of receivable for investments redeemed           83,448        128,274        225,608
       (Purchase) sale of short-term investments, net        (32,281)         3,547        (40,461)
       (Purchase) sale of other investments, net                (692)        87,456        (37,777)
       Capital expenditures, net of disposals                 (4,228)        (3,665)        (3,601)
                                                          -----------   ------------   ------------
       Net cash used in investing activities                (377,529)      (328,873)      (437,399)
                                                          -----------   ------------   ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
       Capital contribution from MBIA Inc.                    52,800                ---            ---
       Dividends paid                                        (82,900)       (38,000)       (50,000)
                                                          -----------   ------------   ------------
       Net cash used by financing activities                 (30,100)       (38,000)       (50,000)
                                                          -----------   ------------   ------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                        803            585            133
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year                  1,332            747            614
                                                          -----------   ------------   ------------
Cash and cash equivalents - end of year                       $2,135         $1,332           $747
                                                          ===========   ============   ============
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
    Income taxes paid                                     $   50,790     $   53,569     $   52,967

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.
</TABLE>

                          MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.  BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
     MBIA Insurance Corporation ("MBIA Corp."), formerly known as Municipal Bond
Investors Assurance Corporation,  is a wholly owned subsidiary of MBIA Inc. MBIA
Inc. was  incorporated in Connecticut on November 12, 1986 as a licensed insurer
and, through the following series of transactions  during December 1986,  became
the successor to the business of the Municipal Bond Insurance  Association  (the
"Association"),  a voluntary  unincorporated  association  of  insurers  writing
municipal bond and note insurance as agent for the member insurance companies:

     o MBIA Inc. acquired for $17 million all of the outstanding common stock of
New York  domiciled  insurance  company and  changed  the name of the  insurance
company to Municipal Bond Investors  Assurance  Corporation.  In April 1995, the
name was again changed to MBIA Insurance Corp. Prior to the acquisition,  all of
the obligations of this company were reinsured and/or  indemnified by the former
owner.

     o Four of the five member companies of the Association, together with their
affiliates,  purchased  all of the  outstanding  common  stock of MBIA Inc.  and
entered   into   reinsurance   agreements   whereby  they  ceded  to  MBIA  Inc.
substantially   all  of  the  net  unearned  premiums  on  existing  and  future
Association  business  and  the  interest  in,  or  obligation  for,  contingent
commissions  resulting from their participation in the Association.  MBIA Inc.'s
reinsurance  obligations  were then assumed by MBIA Corp. The  participation  of
these four members aggregated approximately 89% of the net insurance in force of
the Association.  The net assets  transferred from the predecessor  included the
cash  transferred in connection  with the  reinsurance  agreements,  the related
deferred  acquisition costs and contingent  commissions  receivable,  net of the
related  unearned  premiums and  contingent  commissions  payable.  The deferred
income taxes  inherent in these  assets and  liabilities  were  recorded by MBIA
Corp.  Contingent  commissions  receivable  (payable)  with  respect to premiums
earned  prior  to the  effective  date  of  the  reinsurance  agreements  by the
Association  in accordance  with  statutory  accounting  practices,  remained as
assets (liabilities) of the member companies.

         Effective December 31, 1989, MBIA Inc. acquired for $288 million all of
the outstanding stock of Bond Investors Group, Inc. ("BIG"),  the parent company
of  Bond  Investors   Guaranty   Insurance  Company  ("BIG  Ins."),   which  was
subsequently renamed MBIA Insurance Corp. of Illinois ("MBIA Illinois").

                                      -6-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


         In January  1990,  MBIA  Illinois  ceded its  portfolio  of net insured
obligations  to MBIA Corp.  in exchange  for cash and  investments  equal to its
unearned premium reserve of $153 million.  Subsequent to this cession, MBIA Inc.
contributed  the  common  stock of BIG to MBIA  Corp.  resulting  in  additional
paid-in capital of $200 million.  The insured  portfolio  acquired from BIG Ins.
consists of municipal  obligations  with risk  characteristics  similar to those
insured by MBIA Corp. On December 31, 1990, BIG was merged into MBIA Illinois.

         Also in 1990, MBIA Inc. formed MBIA Assurance S.A. ("MBIA  Assurance"),
a wholly owned French subsidiary,  to write financial guarantee insurance in the
international   community.   MBIA  Assurance   provides   insurance  for  public
infrastructure   financings,   structured   finance   transactions  and  certain
obligations  of  financial  institutions.   The  stock  of  MBIA  Assurance  was
contributed to MBIA Corp. in 1991 resulting in additional  paid-in capital of $6
million.  Pursuant to a  reinsurance  agreement  with MBIA Corp.,  a substantial
amount of the risks insured by MBIA Assurance is reinsured by MBIA Corp.

     In 1993,  MBIA  Inc.  formed a wholly  owned  subsidiary,  MBIA  Investment
Management  Corp.  ("IMC").  IMC,  which  commenced  operations  in August 1993,
principally provides guaranteed investment agreements to states,  municipalities
and  municipal  authorities  which are  guaranteed as to principal and interest.
MBIA Corp. insures IMC's outstanding investment agreement liabilities.

     In 1993, MBIA Corp. assumed the remaining business from the fifth member of
the Association.

         In 1994,  MBIA Inc. formed a wholly owned  subsidiary,  MBIA Securities
Corp. ("SECO"), to provide fixed-income  investment management services for MBIA
Inc.'s  municipal  cash  management  service  businesses.   In  1995,  portfolio
management for a portion of MBIA Corp.'s insurance related investment  portfolio
was  transferred  to SECO;  the  management of the balance of this portfolio was
transferred in January 1996.


2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  on the  basis of
generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP").  The preparation of financial
statements in conformity  with GAAP  requires  management to make  estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and

                                      -7-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements,  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Significant
accounting policies are as follows:

CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of MBIA Corp., MBIA
Illinois,  MBIA Assurance and BIG Services,  Inc. All  significant  intercompany
balances have been eliminated.  Certain amounts have been  reclassified in prior
years' financial statements to conform to the current presentation.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and demand deposits with banks.

INVESTMENTS
Effective January 1, 1994, MBIA Corp. adopted Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards  ("SFAS") 115 "Accounting  for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities."  In accordance  with SFAS 115, MBIA Corp.  reclassified  its entire
investment  portfolio  ("Fixed-maturity  securities")  as  "available-for-sale."
Pursuant to SFAS 115, securities classified as  available-for-sale  are required
to be reported in the financial  statements at fair value, with unrealized gains
and losses  reflected  as a separate  component  of  shareholder's  equity.  The
cumulative  effect  of MBIA  Corp.'s  adoption  of SFAS  115 was a  decrease  in
shareholder's  equity at December 31, 1994 of $46.8 million,  net of taxes.  The
adoption of SFAS 115 had no effect on MBIA Corp.'s earnings.

         Bond discounts and premiums are amortized on the effective-yield method
over the remaining term of the securities.  For pre-refunded bonds the remaining
term  is  determined  based  on  the  contractual   refunding  date.  Short-term
investments are carried at amortized  cost,  which  approximates  fair value and
include all fixed-maturity  securities with a remaining term to maturity of less
than one year. Investment income is recorded as earned. Realized gains or losses
on the sale of  investments  are determined by specific  identification  and are
included as a separate component of revenues.

         Other   investments   consist  of  MBIA  Corp.'s  interest  in  limited
partnerships  and a mutual fund which invests  principally in marketable  equity
securities.  MBIA Corp.  records  dividends  from its  investment  in marketable
equity securities and its share of limited partnerships and mutual funds as a

                                     -8-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

component of investment income. In addition, MBIA Corp. records its share of the
unrealized  gains and losses on these  investments,  net of applicable  deferred
income taxes, as a separate component of shareholder's equity.

PREMIUM REVENUE RECOGNITION
Premiums are earned pro rata over the period of risk.  Premiums are allocated to
each bond maturity based on par amount and are earned on a  straight-line  basis
over the term of each  maturity.  When an  insured  issue is retired  early,  is
called by the issuer,  or is in substance paid in advance through a refunding or
defeasance  accomplished by placing U.S.  Government  securities in escrow,  the
remaining  deferred premium  revenue,  net of the portion which is credited to a
new policy in those  cases  where MBIA Corp.  insures the  refunding  issue,  is
earned at that time,  since there is no longer  risk to MBIA Corp.  Accordingly,
deferred  premium  revenue  represents  the portion of premiums  written that is
applicable to the unexpired risk of insured bonds and notes.

POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS
Policy  acquisition  costs include only those expenses that relate primarily to,
and vary with, premium production. For business produced directly by MBIA Corp.,
such costs include compensation of employees involved in marketing, underwriting
and policy issuance  functions,  certain rating agency fees, state premium taxes
and certain other underwriting expenses,  reduced by ceding commission income on
premiums ceded to reinsurers.  For business assumed from the  Association,  such
costs  were  comprised  of  management  fees,  certain  rating  agency  fees and
marketing  and legal  costs,  reduced  by  ceding  commissions  received  by the
Association  on  premiums  ceded to  reinsurers.  Policy  acquisition  costs are
deferred and amortized over the period in which the related premiums are earned.

LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment  expenses  ("LAE") are established in an
amount equal to MBIA Corp.'s estimate of the identified and unidentified losses,
including costs of settlement on the obligations it has insured.

         To the extent that specific  insured issues are identified as currently
or likely to be in default,  the present value of expected  payments,  including
loss and LAE  associated  with these  issues,  net of  expected  recoveries,  is
allocated  within the total loss reserve as case basis  reserves.  Management of
MBIA  Corp.  periodically  evaluates  its  estimates  for losses and LAE and any
resulting adjustments are reflected in current earnings. Management believes

                                     -9-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

that the reserves are adequate to cover the ultimate net cost of claims, but the
reserves are necessarily based on estimates,  and there can be no assurance that
the ultimate liability will not exceed such estimates.

CONTINGENT COMMISSIONS
Contingent commissions may be receivable from MBIA Corp.'s and the Association's
reinsurers  under  various  reinsurance  treaties and are accrued as the related
premiums are earned.

INCOME TAXES
MBIA Corp. is included in the  consolidated tax return of MBIA
Inc.  The tax  provision  for MBIA Corp.  for  financial  reporting  purposes is
determined on a stand alone basis. Any benefit derived by MBIA Corp. as a result
of the tax sharing  agreement with MBIA Inc. and its  subsidiaries  is reflected
directly in shareholder's equity for financial reporting purposes.

         Deferred income taxes are provided in respect of temporary  differences
between the financial  statement and tax bases of assets and  liabilities  using
enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the  differences  are expected
to reverse.

         The  Internal  Revenue  Code  permits  financial   guarantee  insurance
companies to deduct from taxable income  additions to the statutory  contingency
reserve,  subject to certain  limitations.  The tax benefits  obtained from such
deductions  must be invested in  non-interest  bearing U. S.  Government tax and
loss bonds.  MBIA Corp.  records  purchases of tax and loss bonds as payments of
Federal  income taxes.  The amounts  deducted must be restored to taxable income
when the contingency  reserve is released,  at which time MBIA Corp. may present
the tax and loss bonds for redemption to satisfy the additional tax liability.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment  consists of MBIA Corp.'s  headquarters and equipment and
MBIA Assurance's furniture,  fixtures and equipment,  which are recorded at cost
and,  exclusive of land, are depreciated on the straight-line  method over their
estimated service lives ranging from 4 to 31 years.  Maintenance and repairs are
charged to expenses as incurred.

GOODWILL
Goodwill  represents  the  excess of the cost of the  acquired  and  contributed
subsidiaries  over  the  tangible  net  assets  at the  time of  acquisition  or
contribution. Goodwill attributed to the acquisition of the licensed insurance

                                     -10-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

company  includes  recognition  of the value of the state  licenses held by that
company,  and is amortized by the straight-line  method over 25 years.  Goodwill
related to the  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of MBIA Inc.  contributed  in 1988 is
amortized by the straight-line method over 25 years.  Goodwill attributed to the
acquisition of MBIA Illinois is amortized according to the recognition of future
profits from its deferred premium revenue and installment premiums, except for a
minor  portion  attributed  to  state  licenses,   which  is  amortized  by  the
straight-line method over 25 years.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
Assets and  liabilities  denominated  in foreign  currencies  are  translated at
year-end  exchange rates.  Operating  results are translated at average rates of
exchange  prevailing during the year.  Unrealized gains or losses resulting from
translation are included as a separate component of shareholder's equity.


3.  STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRACTICES
The financial  statements have been prepared on the basis of GAAP, which differs
in certain  respects  from the  statutory  accounting  practices  prescribed  or
permitted  by  the  insurance  regulatory   authorities.   Statutory  accounting
practices differ from GAAP in the following respects:

o premiums  are earned  only when the  related  risk has  expired
  rather than over the period of the risk;

o acquisition costs are charged to operations as incurred rather
  than as the related premiums are earned;

o a contingency  reserve is computed on the basis of statutory  requirements and
  reserves for losses and LAE are  established,  at present value,  for specific
  insured  issues which are  identified as currently or likely to be in default.
  Under GAAP reserves are established based on MBIA Corp.'s reasonable  estimate
  of the identified and unidentified  losses and LAE on the insured  obligations
  it has written;

o Federal  income  taxes are only  provided on taxable  income for which  income
  taxes are  currently  payable,  while under GAAP,  deferred  income  taxes are
  provided with respect to temporary differences;

o fixed-maturity securities are reported at amortized cost rather than fair
  value;

                                     -11-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


o tax and loss bonds  purchased are reflected as admitted assets as well as
  payments of income taxes; and

o certain  assets  designated  as  "non-admitted  assets" are  charged  directly
  against surplus but are reflected as assets under GAAP.

         The following is a reconciliation of consolidated  shareholder's equity
presented  on a GAAP basis to statutory  capital and surplus for MBIA Corp.  and
its subsidiaries, MBIA Illinois and MBIA Assurance:

                                                As of December 31
                                                -----------------
   (In thousands)                         1995         1994              1993
   --------------                         ----         ----              ----
   GAAP shareholder's equity ...    $ 2,525,872    $ 2,055,503     $ 1,857,743
   Premium revenue recognition .       (328,450)      (296,524)       (242,577)
   Deferral of acquisition costs       (140,348)      (133,048)       (120,484)
   Unrealized (gains) losses ...       (223,635)        71,932            --
   Contingent commissions ......         (1,645)        (1,706)         (1,880)
   Contingency reserve .........       (743,510)      (620,988)       (539,103)
   Loss and loss adjustment
    expense reserves ...........         28,024         18,181          26,262
   Deferred income taxes .......        205,425         90,328          99,186
   Tax and loss bonds ..........         70,771         50,471          25,771
   Goodwill ....................       (105,614)      (110,543        (115,503)
   Other .......................        (12,752)       (13,568         (11,679)
                                    ------------   -----------      -----------
    Statutory capital
           and surplus .........    $ 1,274,138      1,110,038     $   977,736
                                    ===========      =========     ===========


         Consolidated  net income of MBIA Corp.  determined in  accordance  with
statutory  accounting  practices for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and
1993 was $278.3 million, $224.9 million and $258.4 million, respectively.


4.  PREMIUMS EARNED FROM REFUNDED AND CALLED BONDS
Premiums earned include $34.0 million, $53.0 million and $85.6 million for 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively, related to refunded and called bonds.


5.  INVESTMENTS
MBIA Corp.'s investment  objective is to optimize  long-term,  after-tax returns
while  emphasizing  the  preservation  of capital and  claims-paying  capability
through maintenance of high-quality  investments with adequate  liquidity.  MBIA
Corp.'s investment policies limit the amount of credit exposure to any one

                                     -12-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

issuer.  The  fixed-maturity  portfolio is comprised  of  high-quality  (average
rating Double-A) taxable and tax-exempt investments of diversified maturities.

         The following tables set forth the amortized cost and fair value of the
fixed-maturities  and  short-term   investments  included  in  the  consolidated
investment portfolio of MBIA Corp. as of December 31, 1995 and 1994.


                                                Gross        Gross
                             Amortized     Unrealized   Unrealized
                                  Cost          Gains       Losses    Fair Value
                                  ----          -----       ------    ----------
(In thousands
December 31, 1995
Taxable bonds
 United States Treasury
  and Government Agency ..   $    6,742     $      354          --    $    7,096
 Corporate and other
  obligations ............      592,604         30,536        (212)      622,928
Mortgage-backed ..........      389,943         21,403        (932)      410,414
Tax-exempt bonds municipal
Obligations ..............    2,637,732        175,081      (2,595)    2,810,218
                              ---------        -------      ------     ---------

 Total fixed-
  maturities                 $3,627,021     $  227,374      (3,739)   $3,850,656
                             ==========     ==========      ======    ==========



                                                 Gross        Gross
                              Amortized     Unrealized    Unrealized
                                   Cost          Gains        Losses  Fair Value
                                   ----          -----        ------  ----------
(In thousands)
Taxable bonds
  United States Treasury
    and Government Agency    $   15,133           --           (149)  $   14,984
  Corporate and other ...
    obligations .........       461,601          2,353      (23,385)     440,569
Mortgage-backed .........       317,560          3,046      (12,430)     308,176
Tax-exempt bonds
 State and municipal
  obligations ...........     2,450,928         36,631      (77,998)   2,409,561
                              ---------         ------      -------    ---------
     Total fixed-
     maturities .........    $3,245,222     $   42,030   $ (113,962)  $3,173,290
                             ==========     ==========    ==========  ==========


         Fixed-maturity  investments  carried at fair value of $8.1  million and
$7.4  million as of December  31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively,  were on deposit
with various regulatory authorities to comply with insurance laws.

                                     -13-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

         The table below sets forth the distribution by expected maturity of the
fixed-maturities and short-term  investments at amortized cost and fair value at
December 31, 1995.  Expected  maturities may differ from contractual  maturities
because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations.

                                              Amortized           Fair
(In thosands                                       Cost          Value
Maturity
Within 1 year .......................       $  178,328       $  178,256
Beyond 1 year but within 5 years ....          448,817          477,039
Beyond 5 years but within 10 years ..        1,133,527        1,211,645
Beyond 10 years but within 15 years .          742,790          804,421
Beyond 15 years but within 20 years .          686,871          730,030
Beyond 20 years .....................           46.745           38,851
                                              --------         --------
                                             3,237,078        3,440,242
Mortgage-backed .....................          389,943          410,414
                                               -------          -------

Total fixed-maturities and short-term
  investments .......................       $3,627,021       $3,850,656
                                            ==========       ==========


6.  Investment Income and Gains and Losses

Investment income consists of:

                                               Years ended December 31
                                               -----------------------
(In thousands) ................          1995           1994           1993
- -------------------------------          ----           ----           ----
Fixed-maturities ..............   $   216,653    $   193,729    $   173,070
Short-term investments   ......         6,008          3,003          2,844
Other investments .............            17             12          2,078
                                           --             --          -----
Gross investment income .....         222,678        196,744        177,992
Investment expenses ...........         2,844          2,778          2,663
                                        -----          -----          -----
  Net investment income .......       219,834        193,966        175,329

Net realized gains (losses):
  Fixed-maturities:
     Gains.....................         9,941          9,635          9,070
     Losses................ ..        (2,537)        (8,851)          (744)
                                      ------         ------           ----
     Net.....................          7,404            784           8,326
  Other investments:
     Gains...................            382          9,551             615
     Losses...................            (9)            --             --
                                         ----         ------           ----
  Net.......................              373          9,551            615
                                          ---          -----            ---
  Net realized gains ..........         7,777         10,335          8,941
                                        -----         ------          -----

Total investment income .......   $   227,611    $   204,301    $   184,270
                                  ===========    ===========    ===========

                                     -14-


<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


         Unrealized gains (losses) consist of:

                                        As of December 31
                                        -----------------
(In thousands) ..................            1995             1994
- ---------------------------------            ----             ----
Fixed-maturities:
  Gains .........................       $ 227,374        $  42,030
  Losses ........................          (3,739)        (113,962)
   Net ..........................         223,635          (71,932)
Other investments:
  Gains .........................             287             --
  Losses ........................            (821)          (1,042)
                                           -------           ------
  Net ...........................            (534)          (1,042)
                                            ------           ------
Total ...........................         223,101          (72,974)

Deferred income tax (benefit) ...          78,372          (25,334)
                                           ------          -------
  Unrealized gains (losses) - net       $ 144,729        $ (47,640)
                                        =========        =========

         The  deferred  taxes in 1995 and 1994 relate  primarily  to  unrealized
gains and losses on MBIA Corp.'s fixed-maturity investments, which are reflected
in  shareholders'  equity  in 1995  and 1994 in  accordance  with  MBIA  Corp.'s
adoption of SFAS 115.

         The change in net unrealized gains (losses) consists of:

                                            Years ended December 31
                                            -----------------------
In thousands                         1995          1994          1993
- ------------                         ----          ----          ----

Fixed-maturities ...............   $ 295,567   $(289,327)   $ 101,418
Other investments ..............         508      (8,488)       3,842
                                         ---      ------        -----
  Total ........................     296,075    (297,815)     105,260
Deferred income taxes (benefit)      103,706     (27,940)       1,381
                                     -------     -------        -----
  Unrealized gains (losses), net   $ 192,369   $(269,875)   $ 103,879
                                   =========   =========    =========


7.  INCOME TAXES

Effective  January 1, 1993,  MBIA Corp.  changed  its method of  accounting  for
income  taxes from the income  statement-based  deferred  method to the  balance
sheet-based liability method required by SFAS 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes."
MBIA Corp.  adopted the new  pronouncement on the cumulative  catch-up basis and
recorded a cumulative  adjustment,  which  increased  net income and reduced the
deferred tax liability by $13.0 million.  The cumulative  effect  represents the
impact of adjusting  the  deferred tax  liability to reflect the January 1, 1993
tax rate of 34% as opposed to the higher tax rates in effect when certain of the
deferred taxes originated.

                                     -15-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


         SFAS 109 requires  recognition  of deferred tax assets and  liabilities
for the expected  future tax  consequences  of events that have been included in
the  financial  statements  or tax  returns.  Under this  method,  deferred  tax
liabilities  and assets  are  determined  based on the  difference  between  the
financial  statement and tax bases of assets and  liabilities  using enacted tax
rates in effect for the year in which the  differences  are expected to reverse.
The effect on tax assets and  liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized
in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

     The tax effects of  temporary  differences  that give rise to deferred  tax
assets and liabilities at December 31, 1995 and 1994 are as presented below:

(In thousands) ................................       1995       1994
- -----------------------------------------------       ----       ----
Deferred tax assets
  Tax and loss bonds ..........................   $ 71,183   $ 50,332
  Unrealized losses ...........................       --       25,334
  Alternative minimum tax credit carry forwards     39,072     22,391
  Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves ...      9,809      6,363
  Other .......................................        954      3,981
                                                       ---      -----
  Total gross deferred tax assets .............    121,018    108,401
                                                   =======    =======

Deferred tax liabilities
  Contingency reserve .........................    131,174     91,439
  Deferred premium revenue ....................     64,709     54,523
  Deferred acquisition costs ..................     49,122     48,900
  Unrealized gains ............................     78,372       --
  Contingent commissions ......................      7,158      4,746
  Other .......................................      3,408      6,621
                                                     -----      -----
  Total gross deferred tax liabilities ........    333,943    206,229
                                                   -------    -------

  Net deferred tax liability ..................   $212,925   $ 97,828
                                                  ========   ========

         Under SFAS 109, a change in the Federal tax rate requires a restatement
of deferred tax assets and  liabilities.  Accordingly,  the  restatement for the
change in the 1993 Federal tax rate  resulted in a $5.4 million  increase in the
tax provision, of which $3.2 million resulted from the recalculation of deferred
taxes at the new Federal rate.

      The provision for income taxes is composed of:

                                        Years ended December 31
                                        -----------------------
(In thousands) ..................      1995      1994      1993
- ---------------------------------      ----      ----      ----

Current .........................   $70,357   $58,043   $66,086
Deferred ........................    11,391    19,082    20,598
                                     ------    ------    ------
  Total .........................   $81,748   $77,125   $86,684
                                    =======   =======   =======

                                     -16-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


      The  provision  for income  taxes gives  effect to  permanent  differences
between financial and taxable income. Accordingly, MBIA Corp.'s effective income
tax rate differs from the  statutory  rate on ordinary  income.  The reasons for
MBIA Corp.'s lower effective tax rates are as follows:

                                                  Years ended December 31
                                                  -----------------------
                                                  1995       1994       1993
                                                  ----       ----       ----
Income taxes computed on pre-tax
  financial income at statutory rates ..........     35.0%    35.0%    35.0%
Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from:
    Tax-exempt interest ........................    (12.5)   (12.0)   (10.6)
    Amortization of goodwill ...................      0.5      0.5      0.5
    Other ......................................     (1.1)    (1.7)      --
                                                     ----     ----     ----
            Provision for income taxes .........     21.9%    21.8%    24.9%
                                                     ====     ====     ====


8.  DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

Under New York state  insurance  law,  MBIA Corp.  may pay a dividend  only from
earned surplus subject to the maintenance of a minimum capital requirement.  The
dividends  in any  12-month  period  may not  exceed  the  lesser  of 10% of its
policyholders'  surplus  as shown on its last  filed  statutory-basis  financial
statements,  or of adjusted net investment income, as defined, for such 12-month
period,  without  prior  approval  of the  superintendent  of the New York State
Insurance Department.

         In accordance  with such  restrictions on the amount of dividends which
can be paid in any 12-month  period,  MBIA Corp. had  approximately  $44 million
available  for the payment of dividends as of December 31, 1995.  In 1995,  1994
and 1993, MBIA Corp. declared and paid dividends of $83 million, $38 million and
$50 million, respectively, to MBIA Inc.

         Under  Illinois  Insurance  Law,  MBIA Illinois may pay a dividend from
unassigned surplus,  and the dividends in any 12-month period may not exceed the
greater of 10% of policyholders'  surplus (total capital and surplus) at the end
of the preceding calendar year, or the net income of the preceding calendar year
without prior approval of the Illinois State Insurance Department.

         In accordance  with such  restrictions on the amount of dividends which
can be paid in any 12-month  period,  MBIA Illinois may pay a dividend only with
prior approval as of December 31, 1995.

                                     -17-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


         The insurance departments of New York state and certain other statutory
insurance  regulatory  authorities and the agencies which rate the bonds insured
by MBIA Corp. have various  requirements  relating to the maintenance of certain
minimum ratios of statutory capital and reserves to net insurance in force. MBIA
Corp.  and MBIA  Assurance  were in  compliance  with these  requirements  as of
December 31, 1995.


9.  LINES OF CREDIT
MBIA Corp. has a standby line of credit commitment in the amount of $650 million
with a group of major banks to provide loans to MBIA Corp. after it has incurred
cumulative  losses (net of any recoveries)  from September 30, 1995 in excess of
the  greater of $500  million  and 6.25% of average  annual  debt  service.  The
obligation  to repay  loans  made  under this  agreement  is a limited  recourse
obligation  payable solely from, and  collateralized  by, a pledge of recoveries
realized on defaulted insured obligations including certain installment premiums
and other  collateral.  This  commitment  has a  seven-year  term and expires on
September  30, 2002 and  contains  an annual  renewal  provision  subject to the
approval by the bank group.

     MBIA Corp.  and MBIA Inc.  maintain bank liquidity  facilities  aggregating
$275 million.  At December 31, 1995, MBIA Inc. had $18 million outstanding under
these facilities.


10.  NET INSURANCE IN FORCE
MBIA Corp. guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on municipal,
asset-/mortgage-backed and other non-municipal securities. MBIA Corp.'s ultimate
exposure  to  credit  loss in the  event of  nonperformance  by the  insured  is
represented by the insurance in force as set forth below.

         The  insurance   policies  issued  by  MBIA  Corp.  are   unconditional
commitments to guarantee  timely payment on the bonds and notes to  bondholders.
The creditworthiness of each insured issue is evaluated prior to the issuance of
insurance  and each  insured  issue must comply with MBIA  Corp.'s  underwriting
guidelines. Further, the payments to be made by the issuer on the bonds or notes
may be  backed  by a pledge of  revenues,  reserve  funds,  letters  of  credit,
investment contracts or collateral in the form of mortgages or other assets. The
right to such money or collateral  would typically  become MBIA Corp.'s upon the
payment of a claim by MBIA Corp.

                                     -18-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

     As of December 31, 1995, insurance in force, net of cessions to reinsurers,
has a range of maturity of 1-43 years.  The  distribution  of net  insurance  in
force by geographic  location and type of bond,  including $2.7 billion and $1.5
billion  relating to IMC's municipal  investment  agreements  guaranteed by MBIA
Corp. in 1995 and 1994, respectively, is set forth in the following tables:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          As of December 31
                                          -----------------

($ in billions)              1995                                      1994
- ---------------              ----                                      ----
                      Net   Number        % of Net     Net           Number       % of Net
Georgraphic     Insurance   of Issues     Insurance    Insurance     of Issues    Insurance
Location         In Force   Outstanding   In Force     In Force      Outstanding  In Force
- --------         --------   -----------   --------     --------      -----------  --------

<S>             <C>           <C>          <C>       <C>             <C>          <C>
California ..   $   51.2      3,122        14.8      $   43.9        2,832        14.3%
New York ....       30.1      4,846         8.7          25.0        4,447         8.2
Florida .....       26.9      1,684         7.7          25.4        1,805         8.3
Texas .......       20.4      2,031         5.9          18.6        2,102         6.1
Pennsylvania        19.7      2,143         5.7          19.5        2,108         6.4
New Jersey ..       16.4      1,730         4.7          15.0        1,590         4.9
Illinois ....       15.0      1,090         4.3          14.7        1,139         4.8
Massachusetts        9.3      1,070         2.7           8.6        1,064         2.8
Ohio ........        9.1      1,017         2.6           8.3          996         2.7
Michigan ....        7.9      1,012         2.3           5.7          972         1.9
                     ---      -----         ---           ---          ---         ---
Subtotal ....      206.0     19,745        59.4         184.7       19,055        60.4

Other .......      135.6     11,147        39.1         118.8       10,711        38.8
                   -----     ------        ----         -----       ------        ----
  Total U.S.       341.6     30,892        98.5         303.5       29,766        99.2

International        5.1         53         1.5           2.5            18        0.8
                     ---         --         ---           ---            --        ---
                $  346.7     30,945       100.0%     $  306.0        29,784      100.0%
                ========     ======       =====      ========        ======      =====
</TABLE>


                                     -19-


<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          As of December 31
                                          -----------------
                                    1995                                1994
                                    ----                                ----
($ in billions)          Net        Number   % of Net       Net       Number   % of Net
                   Insurance     of Issues   nsurance  Insurance   of Issues  Insurance
Type of Bond        In Force   Outstanding   In Force   In Force Outstanding   In Force
- ------------        --------   -----------   --------   -------- -----------   --------

MUNICIPAL
<S>                   <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>            <C>
General Obligation    $ 91.6     11,445       26.4%    $ 84.2      11,029         27.5%
Utilities ........      60.3      4,931       17.4       56.0        5,087        18.3
Health Care ......      51.9      2,458       15.0       50.6        2,670        16.5
Transportation ...      25.5      1,562        7.4       21.3        1,486         7.0
Special Revenue ..      24.4      1,445        7.0       22.7        1,291         7.4
Industrial
 development and
 pollution control
 revenue                17.2        924        5.0       15.1        1,016         4.9
Housing ..........      15.8      2,671        4.5       13.6        2,663         4.5
Higher education .      15.2      1,261        4.4       14.0        1,208         4.6
                      =======    =======    ======     =======     =======        =====
Other ............       7.3        134        2.1        3.8          124         1.2
                       309.2     26,831       89.2      281.3       26,574        91.9
                      =======    =======    =======    =======     =======        =====
Non-municipal
Asset/mortgage-
  backed                20.2         256       5.8       12.8          151         4.2
Investor-owned
  utilities              6.4       3,559       1.8        5.7        2,918         1.9
International ....       5.1          53       1.5        2.5           18         0.8
Other ............       5.8         246       1.7        3.7          123         1.2
                         ---         ---       ---        ---          ---         ---
                        37.5       4,114      10.8       24.7        3,210         8.1
                        ----       -----      ----       ----        -----         ---
                      $346.7      30,945     100.0%    $306.0       29,784       100.0%
                      =======    =======   =======     ======      =======       =====
</TABLE>

11.  REINSURANCE

MBIA  Corp.  reinsures  portions  of its risks with  other  insurance  companies
through  various quota and surplus share  reinsurance  treaties and  facultative
agreements.  In the event that any or all of the reinsurers  were unable to meet
their obligations, MBIA Corp. would be liable for such defaulted amounts.

     Amounts  deducted from gross  insurance in force for  reinsurance  ceded by
MBIA Corp., MBIA Assurance and MBIA Illinois were $50.1 billion and $42.6

                                     -20-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

billion, at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  The distribution of ceded
insurance in force by  geographic  location and type of bond is set forth in the
tables below:

                                                  As of December 31
                                                  -----------------
(In billions)                           1995                        1994
- -------------                           ----                        ----
                                          % of                           % of
                          Ceded          Ceded           Ceded          Ceded
                       Insurance     Insurance       Insurance      Insurance
Geographic Location     In Force      In Force        In Force       In Force
- -------------------     --------      --------        --------       --------
California .........     $   8.8          17.5%          $ 7.5         17.6%
New York ...........         5.7          11.4             4.9         11.5
New Jersey .........         3.1           6.1             2.0          4.7
Texas ..............         2.8           5.6             2.5          5.9
Pennsylvania .......         2.7           5.4             2.6          6.1
Florida ............         2.3           4.6             2.1          4.9
Illinois ...........         2.2           4.5             2.3          5.4
District of Columbia         1.5           3.0             1.6          3.8
Washington .........         1.4           2.7             1.2          2.8
Puerto Rico ........         1.3           2.6             1.1          2.6
Massachusetts ......         1.1           2.1             0.9          2.1
Ohio ...............         1.0           2.1             0.9          2.1
                             ---           ---             ---          ---
 Subtotal ...........       33.9          67.6            29.6         69.5

Other ..............        14.4          28.8            12.3         28.9
                            ----          ----            ----         ----
    Total U. S .....        48.3          96.4            41.9         98.4

International ......         1.8           3.6             0.7          1.6
                             ---           ---             ---          ---
                         $  50.1         100.0%          $42.6        100.0%
                         =======         =====           =====        =====

                                     -21-


<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

                                           As of December 31
                                           -----------------
(In billions)                     1995                          1994
- -------------                     ----                          ----
                                                            % of          % of
                             Ceded         Ceded           Ceded         Ceded
                         Insurance      Insurance       Insurance     Insurance
Type of Bond              In Force       In Force        In Force      In Force
- ------------              --------       --------        --------      --------
Municipal
General obligation ...   $   11.7         23.3%        $    9.7            22.8%
Utilities ............        9.0         18.0              8.5            20.0
Health care ..........        6.6         13.1              6.5            15.3
Transportation .......        5.5         11.0              4.5            10.6
Special revenue ......        3.2          6.4              2.7             6.3
Industrial development
    and pollution
    control revenue           3.0          6.0               2.9             6.8
Housing ..............        1.4          2.8              1.0             2.3
Higher education .....        1.2          2.4              1.2             2.8
Other ................        2.4          4.8              1.5             3.5
                              ---          ---              ---             ---
                             44.0         87.8             38.5            90.4
                             ====         ====             ====            ====

Non-municipal
Asset-/mortgage-backed        3.6          7.2              2.7             6.3
International ........        1.8          3.6              0.7             1.6
Other ................        0.7          1.4              0.7             1.7
                              ---          ---              ---             ---
                              6.1         12.2              4.1             9.6
                              ---         ----              ---             ---
                         $   50.1        100.0%        $   42.6           100.0%
                         ========        =====         ========           =====

         Included in gross  premiums  written are  assumed  premiums  from other
insurance  companies of $11.7  million,  $6.3 million and $20.4  million for the
years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993,  respectively.  The percentages of
the amounts  assumed to net premiums  written were 3.8%,  2.0% and 4.7% in 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively.

         Gross premiums written include $0.2 million in 1994 and $5.4 million in
1993 related to the  reassumption by MBIA Corp. of reinsurance  previously ceded
by the Association.  Also included in gross premiums in 1993 is $10.8 million of
premiums  assumed from a member of the  Association.  Ceded premiums written are
net of $0.2  million  in 1995,  $1.6  million  in 1994 and $2.5  million in 1993
related to the  reassumption  of reinsurance  previously  ceded by MBIA Corp. or
MBIA Illinois.

                                     -22-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)



12.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

MBIA Corp.  participates  in MBIA Inc.'s  pension  plan  covering  all  eligible
employees.  The  pension  plan is a  defined  contribution  plan and MBIA  Corp.
contributes 10% of each eligible employee's annual total  compensation.  Pension
expense for the years ended  December 31, 1995,  1994 and 1993 was $3.2 million,
$3.0  million  and $3.1  million,  respectively.  MBIA  Corp.  also has a profit
sharing/401(k)  plan which allows eligible  employees to contribute up to 10% of
eligible compensation. MBIA Corp. matches employee contributions up to the first
5% of total  compensation.  MBIA Corp.  contributions to the profit sharing plan
aggregated  $1.4  million,  $1.4  million  and $1.3  million for the years ended
December  31,  1995,  1994 and 1993,  respectively.  The 401(k) plan amounts are
invested in common stock of MBIA Inc.  Amounts  relating to the above plans that
exceed  limitations  established  by Federal  regulations  are  contributed to a
non-qualified  deferred  compensation plan. Of the above amounts for the pension
and profit  sharing plans,  $2.7 million,  $2.6 million and $2.6 million for the
years ended  December 31,  1995,  1994 and 1993,  respectively,  are included in
policy acquisition costs.

     MBIA Corp.  also  participates  in MBIA Inc.'s common stock  incentive plan
which  enables  employees  of MBIA Corp.  to acquire  shares of MBIA Inc.  or to
benefit from appreciation in the price of the common stock of MBIA Inc.

     MBIA Corp.  also  participates  in MBIA Inc.'s  restricted  stock  program,
adopted in December  1995,  whereby  key  executive  officers of MBIA Corp.  are
granted restricted shares of MBIA Inc. common stock.

     Effective  January  1,  1993,  MBIA  Corp.  adopted  SFAS  106  "Employers'
Accounting for  Postretirement  Benefits Other than  Pensions."  Under SFAS 106,
companies are required to accrue the cost of employee  post-retirement  benefits
other than pensions  during the years that employees  render  service.  Prior to
January 1, 1993, MBIA Corp. had accounted for these post-retirement  benefits on
a cash  basis.  In  1993,  MBIA  Corp.  adopted  the  new  pronouncement  on the
cumulative  catch-up  basis and recorded a cumulative  effect  adjustment  which
decreased  net income and increased  other  liabilities  by $0.1 million.  As of
January 1, 1994, MBIA Corp. eliminated these post-retirement benefits.

                                     -23-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The  business  assumed  from the  Association,  relating  to  insurance  on unit
investment trusts sponsored by two members of the Association, includes deferred
premium  revenue of $1.6 million and $1.9 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.

         In 1993,  MBIA Corp.  assumed the balance of $10.8  million of deferred
premium revenue from a member of the Association  which had not previously ceded
its  insurance  portfolio to MBIA Corp.  Also in 1993,  MBIA Corp.  assumed $0.4
million of deferred  premium  revenue  relating  to one of the trusts  which was
previously ceded to an affiliate of an Association member.

         Since 1989,  MBIA Corp. has executed five surety bonds to guarantee the
payment  obligations  of the  members  of the  Association,  one of  which  is a
principal   shareholder  of  MBIA  Inc.,  which  had  their  Standard  &  Poor's
claims-paying  rating  downgraded  from  Triple-A  on  their  previously  issued
Association  policies.  In the  event  that they do not meet  their  Association
policy payment obligations, MBIA Corp. will pay the required amounts directly to
the paying agent instead of to the former  Association  member as was previously
required.  The aggregate  amount  payable by MBIA Corp. on these surety bonds is
limited to $340 million.  These surety bonds remain  outstanding  as of December
31, 1995.

         MBIA Corp. has investment  management and advisory  agreements  with an
affiliate of a principal shareholder of MBIA Inc., which provides for payment of
fees on assets  under  management.  Total  related  expenses for the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 amounted to $2.5 million, $2.6 million and $2.4
million,  respectively.  These  agreements were terminated on January 1, 1996 at
which time SECO  commenced  management of MBIA Corp.'s  consolidated  investment
portfolios.  In addition,  investment  management  expenses of $0.1 million were
paid to SECO for the portion of the investment portfolio transferred in 1995.

         MBIA Corp.  has  various  insurance  coverages  provided by a principal
shareholder of MBIA Inc.,  the cost of which was $1.9 million,  $1.9 million and
$2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

                                     -24-

<PAGE>


                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


         Included in other  assets at December 31, 1995 and 1994 is $1.1 million
and $14.5 million of net receivables from MBIA Inc. and other subsidiaries.


14.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The estimated fair value amounts of financial instruments shown in the following
table have been determined by MBIA Corp. using available market  information and
appropriate  valuation  methodologies.  However,  in certain cases  considerable
judgment is necessarily  required to interpret market data to develop  estimates
of fair value.  Accordingly,  the estimates presented herein are not necessarily
indicative of the amount MBIA Corp.  could realize in a current market exchange.
The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have
a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

FIXED-MATURITY  SECURITIES - The fair value of fixed-maturity  securities equals
quoted market price,  if available.  If a quoted market price is not  available,
fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

SHORT-TERM  INVESTMENTS - Short-term  investments  are carried at amortized cost
which, because of their short duration, is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

OTHER  INVESTMENTS  - Other  investments  consist of MBIA  Corp.'s  interest  in
limited  partnerships and a mutual fund which invests  principally in marketable
equity securities. The fair value of other investments is based on quoted market
prices.

CASH AND CASH  EQUIVALENTS,  RECEIVABLE  FOR  INVESTMENTS  SOLD AND  PAYABLE FOR
INVESTMENTS  PURCHASED - The  carrying  amounts of these items are a  reasonable
estimate of their fair value.

PREPAID  REINSURANCE   PREMIUMS  -  The  fair  value  of  MBIA  Corp.'s  prepaid
reinsurance  premiums  is  based  on the  estimated  cost  of  entering  into an
assumption of the entire  portfolio  with third party  reinsurers  under current
market conditions.

DEFERRED  PREMIUM  REVENUE - The fair  value of MBIA  Corp.'s  deferred  premium
revenue is based on the estimated  cost of entering into a cession of the entire
portfolio with third party reinsurers under current market conditions.

LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT  EXPENSE  RESERVES - The carrying amount is composed of
the present value of the expected cash flows for specifically  identified claims
combined  with an estimate  for  unidentified  claims.  Therefore,  the carrying
amount is a reasonable estimate of the fair value of the reserve.

INSTALLMENT  PREMIUMS - The fair value is derived  by  calculating  the  present
value of the estimated  future cash flow stream at 9% and 13.25% at December 31,
1995 and December 31, 1994, respectively.

                                                As of December 31,
                                                ------------------
                                        1995                        1994
                                        ----                        ----
                               Carrying    Estimated     Carrying     Estimated
                                Amount     Fair Value     Amount      Fair Value
                                ------     ----------     ------      ----------
ASSETS:
Fixed-maturity securuities   $3,652,621  $3,652,621    $3,051,906    $3,051,906
Short-term investments..        198,035     198,035       121,384       121,384
Other investments ......         14,064      14,064        11,970        11,970
Cash and cash equivalents        23,258      23,258         1,332         1,332
Prepaid reinsurance
 premiums ..............        200,887     174,444       186,492       159,736
Receivable for
 investments sold ......          5,729       5,729           945           945

LIABILITIES:
Deferred premium
   revenue .............      1,616,315   1,395,159     1,512,211     1,295,305
Loss and loss adjustment
  expense reserves .....         42,505      42,505        40,148        40,148
Payable for investments
   purchased ...........         10,695      10,695         6,552         6,552

OFF-BALANCE-SHEET
INSTRUMENTS:
Installment premiums               ----     235,371           ---       176,944


<PAGE>





                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES







                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                    AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND DECEMBER 31, 1995

                 AND FOR THE PERIODS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1995





















<PAGE>

                           MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES



                                    I N D E X



                                                                           PAGE

Consolidated Balance Sheets -
    June 30, 1996 (Unaudited) and December 31, 1995 (Audited) ............   3

Consolidated Statements of Income -
    Three months and six months ended June 30, 1996
      and 1995 (Unaudited) ...............................................   4

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholder's Equity -
    Six months ended June 30, 1996 (Unaudited) ...........................   5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -
    Six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995 (Unaudited) ..................   6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) ...................   7




                                      -2-


<PAGE>

                  MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                (Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     June 30, 1996      December 31, 1995
                                                                    ---------------     ------------------
                                                                       (Unaudited)           (Audited)
                     ASSETS
<S>                                                                     <C>                   <C>      
Investments:
    Fixed-maturity securities held as available-for-sale
      at fair value (amortized cost $3,735,457 and $3,428,986) ......   $3,813,749            $3,652,621
    Short-term investments, at amortized cost 
      (which approximates fair value) ...............................      219,945               198,035
    Other investments ...............................................       13,781                14,064
                                                                        ----------            ----------

        TOTAL INVESTMENTS ...........................................    4,047,475             3,864,720

Cash and cash equivalents ...........................................        4,649                 2,135
Accrued investment income ...........................................       64,494                60,247
Deferred acquisition costs ..........................................      143,536               140,348
Prepaid reinsurance premiums ........................................      208,614               200,887
Goodwill (less accumulated amortization of $39,814 and $37,366) .....      103,166               105,614
Property and equipment, at cost (less accumulated depreciation
    of $13,540 and $12,137) .........................................       42,845                41,169
Receivable for investments sold .....................................        1,430                 5,729
Securities purchased under agreement to resell ......................       36,750                   ---
Other assets ........................................................       37,614                42,145
                                                                        ----------            ----------
        TOTAL ASSETS ................................................   $4,690,573            $4,462,994
                                                                        ==========            ==========

   LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
Liabilities:
    Deferred premium revenue ........................................   $1,728,845            $1,616,315
    Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves .......................       50,437                42,505
    Deferred income taxes ...........................................      168,981               212,925
    Payable for investments purchased ...............................       30,857                10,695
    Securities sold under agreement to repurchase ...................       36,750                   ---
    Other liabilities ...............................................       72,506                54,682
                                                                        ----------            ----------
        TOTAL LIABILITIES ...........................................    2,088,376             1,937,122
                                                                        ----------            ----------
Shareholder's Equity:
    Common stock, par value $150 per share; authorized,
      issued and outstanding - 100,000 shares .......................       15,000                15,000
    Additional paid-in capital ......................................    1,030,998             1,021,584
    Retained earnings ...............................................    1,506,726             1,341,855
    Cumulative translation adjustment ...............................       (1,109)                2,704
    Unrealized appreciation of investments, net of deferred
     income tax provision of $27,542 and $78,372 ....................       50,582               144,729
                                                                        ----------            ----------
        TOTAL SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY ..................................    2,602,197             2,525,872
                                                                        ----------            ----------
        TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY ..................   $4,690,573            $4,462,994
                                                                        ==========            ==========
</TABLE>

                  The accompanying notes are an integral part
                   of the consolidated financial statements.

                                            -3-

<PAGE>
                   MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Unaudited)
                             (Dollars in thousands)

                                        Three months ended     Six months ended
                                              June 30              June 30
                                        ------------------   -------------------
                                          1996      1995       1996      1995
                                        --------  --------   --------  --------
Revenues:
  Gross premiums written                $134,443  $106,665   $255,454  $177,777 
  Ceded premiums                         (11,914)  (12,049)   (26,629)  (19,129)
                                        --------  --------   --------  -------- 
    Net premiums written                 122,529    94,616    228,825   158,648 
  Increase in deferred premium revenue   (60,021)  (40,406)  (105,553)  (53,086)
                                        --------  --------   --------  -------- 
    Premiums earned (net of ceded                                               
     premiums of $9,682, $6,814                                                 
     $18,902 and $14,652)                 62,508    54,210    123,272   105,562 
  Net investment income                   61,653    53,783    120,656   106,848 
  Net realized gains                       3,895     1,698      6,587     3,422 
  Other income                               354       224      1,323     1,132 
                                        --------  --------   --------  -------- 
    Total revenues                       128,410   109,915    251,838   216,964 
                                        --------  --------   --------  -------- 
                                                                                
Expenses:                                                                       
  Losses and loss adjustment expenses      4,288     2,710      7,466     4,743 
  Policy acquisition costs, net            5,990     5,130     11,890    10,270 
  Underwriting and operating expenses     11,777     9,247     22,326    18,999 
                                        --------  --------   --------  -------- 
    Total expenses                        22,055    17,087     41,682    34,012 
                                        --------  --------   --------  -------- 
                                                                                
Income before income taxes               106,355    92,828    210,156   182,952 
                                                                                
Provision for income taxes                22,786    20,604     45,285    40,080 
                                        --------  --------   --------  -------- 
Net income                               $83,569   $72,224   $164,871  $142,872 
                                        ========  ========   ========  ======== 
                                                                       
         The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
                             financial statements.

                                     -4-

<PAGE>

                   MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY (Unaudited)

                     For the six months ended June 30, 1996

                 (Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Common Stock            Additional                    Cumulative     Unrealized
                                             -------------------------      Paid-In        Retained      Translation   Appreciation
                                               Shares         Amount        Capital        Earnings      Adjustment   of Investments
                                             ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------     -----------  --------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>
Balance, January 1, 1996 ...............       100,000        $15,000      $1,021,584     $1,341,855       $ 2,704       $144,729

Exercise of stock options ..............           --             --            3,740           --            --             --

Net income .............................           --             --             --          164,871          --             --

Change in foreign
  currency transactions ................           --             --             --             --          (3,813)          --

Change in unrealized
  appreciation of
  investment net of change
  in deferred income taxes
  of $50,830 ...........................           --             --             --             --            --           (94,147)

Tax reduction related to
  tax sharing agreement
  with MBIA Inc. .......................           --             --            5,674           --             --             --

                                             ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------      ----------
Balance, June 30, 1996 ................        100,000        $15,000      $1,030,998     $1,506,726       $(1,109)     $   50,582
                                             ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

         The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
                              financial statements.

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

                   MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)
                             (Dollars in thousands)

                                                              Six Months Ended
                                                                  June 30
                                                           ---------------------
                                                             1996        1995
                                                           ---------   ---------
Cash flows from operating activities:                                        
  Net income .............................................  $164,871   $142,872 
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash                               
    provided by operating activities:                                           
    Increase in accrued investment income ................    (4,247)    (2,129)
    Increase in deferred acquisition costs ...............    (3,188)    (4,081)
    Increase in prepaid reinsurance premiums .............    (7,727)    (4,477)
    Increase in deferred premium revenue .................   113,280     59,123 
    Increase in loss and loss adjustment expense reserves.     7,932      3,872 
    Depreciation .........................................     1,442      1,295 
    Amortization of goodwill .............................     2,448      2,465 
    Amortization of bond discount, net ...................    (2,870)      (620)
    Net realized gains on sale of investments ............    (6,587)    (3,422)
    Deferred income taxes ................................     6,886      6,092 
    Other, net ...........................................    27,690     20,094 
                                                           ---------   -------- 
    Total adjustments to net income ......................   135,059     78,212 
                                                           ---------   -------- 
    Net cash provided by operating activities ............   299,930    221,084 
                                                           ---------   -------- 
Cash flows from investing activities:                                           
  Purchase of fixed-maturity securities, net                                    
    of payable for investments purchased .................  (698,356)  (381,468)
  Sale of fixed-maturity securities, net of                                     
    receivable for investments sold ......................   334,470    237,019 
  Redemption of fixed-maturity securities,                                      
    net of receivable for investments redeemed ...........    75,960     31,546 
  Purchase of short-term investments, net ................    (6,763)   (60,631)
  Securities purchased under agreement to resell .........   (36,750)       ---
  Sale (purchase) of other investments, net ..............       402       (807)
  Capital expenditures, net of disposals .................    (3,129)    (2,326)
                                                           ---------   -------- 
    Net cash used in investing activities ................  (334,166)  (176,667)
                                                           ---------   -------- 
Cash flows from financing activities:                                           
  Dividends paid .........................................       ---    (43,500)
  Securities sold under agreement to repurchase ..........    36,750        ---
                                                           ---------   --------
    Net cash provided (used) by financing activities .....    36,750    (43,500)
                                                           ---------   -------- 
                                                                       
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ................     2,514        917 
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of period ..........     2,135      1,332 
                                                           ---------   -------- 
Cash and cash equivalents - end of period ................ $   4,649   $  2,249 
                                                           =========   ======== 
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:                                             
  Income taxes paid ...................................... $  32,978   $ 26,201 

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated  
                             financial statements.                       

                                      -6-

<PAGE>
                   MBIA INSURANCE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



1.  BASIS  OF   PRESENTATION
- ----------------------------   

     The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  are  unaudited  and
include the accounts of MBIA Insurance  Corporation  and its  Subsidiaries  (the
"Company"). The statements do not include all of the information and disclosures
required by generally accepted accounting principles. These statements should be
read in conjunction  with the Company's  consolidated  financial  statements and
notes  thereto  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1995.   The   accompanying
consolidated   financial   statements  have  not  been  audited  by  independent
accountants in accordance with generally  accepted auditing standards but in the
opinion  of  management  such  financial  statements  include  all  adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring  adjustments,  necessary to summarize fairly
the  Company's  financial  position  and results of  operations.  The results of
operations  for the six months ended June 30, 1996 may not be  indicative of the
results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 1996. The December
31,  1995  condensed  balance  sheet data was  derived  from  audited  financial
statements,  but does not include all disclosures required by generally accepted
accounting principles.


2. Dividends Declared
- ---------------------

     No dividends  were declared by the Company during the six months ended June
30, 1996.


                                      -7-

<PAGE>

                                                                     APPENDIX C

            UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES APPLICABLE TO THE MORTGAGE LOANS

         The Mortgage Loans were originated by the Originators under the
Standard Non-Conforming Program. The Standard Non-Conforming Program are the
"Non-Conforming Credit Programs" applicable to residential loans which, for
credit reasons, do not conform to FNMA or FHLMC underwriting guidelines.

THE STANDARD NON-CONFORMING PROGRAM

         The Mortgage Loans underwritten under the Standard Non-Conforming
Program were underwritten in accordance with the underwriting criteria of SPFC
or Oceanmark, which are identical. SPFC began underwriting mortgage loans in
accordance with such standards in July 1993.

         The Originators' underwriting standards under the Standard
Non-Conforming Program are primarily intended to assess creditworthiness of the
mortgagor, the value of the mortgaged property and to evaluate the adequacy of
such property as collateral for the mortgage loan. While their primary
consideration in underwriting a mortgage loan is the mortgagor's employment
stability and debt-to-income ratio, the value of the mortgaged property relative
to the amount of the mortgage loan is another critical factor. In addition, they
also consider, among other things, a mortgagor's credit history and repayment
ability, as well as the type and use of the mortgaged property. All of the
Mortgage Loans underwritten under this program are adjustable rate loans, and
generally bear higher rates of interest than mortgage loans that are originated
in accordance with FNMA and FHLMC standards.

         The Mortgage Loans underwritten under the Standard Non-Conforming
Program were underwritten pursuant to the "Full Documentation," "Alternate
Documentation", "No Income Qualification," "Stated Income" and "Quick
Documentation" residential loan programs. Under each of the these programs,
Oceanmark or SPFC reviews the loan applicant's source of income, calculates the
amount of income from sources indicated on the loan application or similar
documentation, reviews the credit history of the applicant, calculates the debt
service-to-income ratio to determine the applicant's ability to repay the loan,
reviews the type and use of the property being financed and reviews the property
for compliance with their standards. In determining the ability of the applicant
to repay the Mortgage Loan, the Originators use a rate (the "Qualifying Rate")
which generally is a rate equal to the Mortgage Rate at origination plus the
amount of the Periodic Cap. Oceanmark's and SPFC's underwriting standards are
applied in a standardized procedure which complies with applicable federal and
state laws and regulations.

         Oceanmark's and SPFC's criteria require them to verify the income of
each borrower and the source of funds (if any) required to be deposited by the
applicant into escrow under its various programs. Borrowers are generally
required to submit written verification of income signed by the employer
covering the most recent two-year period, together with a current paystub and
two years' W-2 forms. Under the Non-Conforming Alternative Documentation
program, borrowers are generally required to submit two years' W-2 Forms and the
most recent paystub showing year-to-date earnings. A telephone confirmation of
employment is made regardless of the origination program. Under the No Income
Qualification, Stated Income and Quick Documentation programs, borrowers may be
qualified based upon monthly income as stated on the mortgage loan application,
without verification; however, self-employed borrowers are required to submit a
business license, one year's bank statements and a current profit and loss
statement. A business credit report, if applicable, is obtained. Verification of
the source of funds (if any) required to be deposited by the applicant into
escrow is generally required under all


                                      C-1


<PAGE>



documentation programs in the form of a standard verification of deposit or two
months' consecutive bank statements or other acceptable documentation. Twelve
months' mortgage payment or rental history must be verified by lender or
landlord. If appropriate compensating factors exist, the Originators may waive
certain documentation requirements for individual borrowers. All documentation
must be no more than 90 days old at underwriting and no more than 120 days old
at the time of the funding of the related loan.

         Oceanmark and SPFC use the following categories and characteristics as
guidelines to grade the potential likelihood that the mortgagor will satisfy the
repayment conditions of a mortgage loan:

         "A" RISK. Under the "A" risk category, the prospective mortgagor must
have generally repaid installment or revolving debt according to its terms with
a maximum of three 30-day late payments within the last 12 months or five 30-day
late payments or two 60-day late payments within the last 24 months. Within this
24 month period, however, a maximum of one 30-day late payment, and no 60-day
late payments are acceptable in the last 12 months, or a maximum of two 30-day
late payments, and no 60- day late payments, within the last 24 months are
acceptable on an existing mortgage loan on the subject property. The existing
mortgage obligation must be current. Minor derogatory items are allowed as to
non-mortgage credit. No collection accounts or charge-offs or judgments over
$500 within the last five years are allowed. No bankruptcy or notice of default
filings by the borrower may have occurred during the preceding five years. A
maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio of up to 90% (or 75% for mortgage loans originated
under the Non-Conforming No-Income Qualifier program, but 80% if the borrower is
self-employed) is permitted for a mortgage loan on a single family
owner-occupied property. A maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio of 80% (or 70% for
mortgage loans originated under the Non-Conforming NoIncome Qualifier program
but 75% if the borrower is self-employed) is permitted for a mortgage loan on a
non-owner occupied property or a second home property. The debt
service-to-income ratio generally is 45% or less based on the Qualifying Rate.
The maximum loan amount is $400,000 for single-family owner-occupied properties,
regardless of the documentation program. Exceptions to the maximum loan amount
for single-family, owner occupied properties are considered by Oceanmark or SPFC
on a limited basis. The maximum loan amount is $350,000 (or $300,000 for
mortgage loans originated under the Non-Conforming No-Income Qualifier Program)
for mortgage loans on a single-family non-owneroccupied properties or second
homes.

         "A-" RISK. Under the "A-" risk category, the prospective mortgagor must
have generally repaid installment or revolving debt according to its terms with
a maximum of five 30-day late payments or two 60-day late payments on such
obligations within the last 12 months. A maximum of two 30-day payments, and no
60-day late payments, within the last 12 months is acceptable on an existing
mortgage loan on the subject property. The existing mortgage obligation must be
current. Minor derogatory items are allowed as to non-mortgage credit. No unpaid
collection accounts, charge-offs or judgments over $500 within the last two
years are allowed. No bankruptcy or notice of default filings by the borrower
may have occurred during the preceding two years. A maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio
of up to 85% (or 75% for mortgage loans originated under the Non-Conforming
No-Income Qualifier program, but 80% if the borrower is self-employed) is
permitted for a mortgage loan on a single family owner-occupied property. A
maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio of up to 75% (or 70% for mortgage loans originated
under the Non-Conforming No-Income Qualifier program) is permitted for a
mortgage loan on a non-owner occupied property or a second home. The debt
service-to-income ratio generally is 45% or less based on the Qualifying Rate.
The maximum loan amount is $650,000 for single-family owner-occupied properties,
under the Non-Conforming Full Documentation Program. Exceptions to the maximum
loan amount for single-family, owner occupied properties are considered by
Oceanmark or SPFC on a limited basis. The maximum loan amount is $500,000 for
mortgage loans on single-family owner-occupied properties under the
Non-Conforming No-Income Qualifier Program. The maximum loan amount is $400,000
(or $350,000 for mortgage loans originated under the Non-Conforming No-Income
Qualifier Program) for mortgage loans on a single-family non-owner-occupied
properties or second homes. Loan


                                       C-2

<PAGE>



applicants with less favorable credit ratings generally are offered loans with
higher interests rates and lower Loan-to-Value ratios than applicants with more
favorable ratings.

         "B" RISK. Under the "B" risk category, the prospective mortgagor must
have generally repaid consumer debt according to its terms, with a maximum of
eight 30-day late payments or four 60-day late payments or two 90-day late
payments on such obligations within the last 12 months. A maximum of four 30-day
late payment, or three 30-day late payments and one 60-day late payment, within
the last 12 months is acceptable on an existing mortgage loan on the subject
property. The existing mortgage obligation must be current. As to non-mortgage
credit, some prior defaults may have occurred. Isolated and insignificant
collections and/or charge-offs and judgments within the last 18 months,
totalling less than $1,000 are acceptable. No bankruptcy or notice of default
filings by the borrower may have occurred during the preceding 18 months. A
maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio of 80% (or 70% for mortgage loans originated under
the Non-Conforming No-Income Qualifier program, but 75% if the borrower is
self-employed) is permitted for a mortgage loan on a single family,
owner-occupied property. A maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio of 70% (or 65% for
mortgage loans originated under the NonConforming No-Income Qualifier Program)
is permitted for a mortgage loan on a non-owner occupied property or a second
home. The debt service-to-income ratio generally is 50% or less based on the
Qualifying Rate. The maximum loan amount is $600,000 for single-family
owner-occupied properties, under the Non-Conforming Full Documentation Program.
The maximum loan amount is $350,000 (or $300,000 for mortgage loans originated
under the Non-Conforming No-Income Qualifier Program) for mortgage loans on a
non-owner-occupied property or a second home.

         "C" RISK. Under the "C" risk category, the prospective mortgagor may
have experienced significant credit problems in the past. A maximum of twelve
30-day late payments or six 60-day late payments, or four 90-day late payments,
on consumer debt within the last twelve months is acceptable. A maximum of five
30-day late payments or three 30-day late payments and two 60-day late payments
or three 30-day late payments and one 90-day late payment, within the last 12
months is acceptable on an existing mortgage loan on the subject property. The
existing mortgage obligation can be up to 40 days past due at the funding of the
loan. As to non-mortgage credit, significant prior defaults may have occurred.
There may be open collections or charge-offs not to exceed $4,000 and up to
$6,000 in isolated circumstances. No bankruptcy or notice of default filings by
the borrower may have occurred during the preceding year. A maximum
Loan-to-Value Ratio of 75% (or 65% for mortgage loans originated under the
Non-Conforming No-Income Qualifier Program, but 70% if the borrower is
self-employed) is permitted for a mortgage loan on a single-family
owner-occupied property. A maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio of 70% (or 60% for
mortgage loans originated under the Non-Conforming NoIncome Qualifier Program,
but 65% if the borrower is self-employed) is permitted for a mortgage loan on a
non-owner-occupied property or a second home. The debt service-to-income ratio
is generally 55% or less based on the Qualifying Rate. The maximum loan amount
is $500,000 (or $400,000 for mortgage loans originated under the Non-Conforming
No-Income Qualifier Program) for mortgage loans on single-family owner-occupied
properties. The maximum loan amount is $300,000 (or $200,000 for mortgage loans
originated under the Non-Conforming No-Income Qualifier Program) for mortgage
loans on nonowner-occupied properties or second homes.

         "CX" RISK. Under the "CX" risk category, the prospective mortgagor may
have experienced significant credit problems in the past. As to non-mortgage
credit, significant prior defaults may have occurred. The borrower is sporadic
in some or all areas with a disregard for timely payment or credit standing.
With respect to an existing mortgage loan on the subject property, no payment
can be more than 90 days past due. Such existing mortgage loan is not required
to be current at the time the application is submitted. The borrower may have
open collections, charge-offs and judgments, all of which must be paid prior to
the funding of the loan, but such items must be paid through the loan proceeds.
No bankruptcy or notice of default filings by the borrower may have occurred
during the preceding six months. A maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio of 65% (or 60% or
55% for mortgage loans


                                       C-3

<PAGE>


originated under the Non-Conforming No-Income Qualifier Program, depending on
whether the borrower is self-employed) is permitted for a mortgage loan on a
single-family owner-occupied property. No mortgage loans on non-owner-occupied
property or second homes are made in the "CX" risk category. The maximum loan
amount is $200,000 under the Non-Conforming Full Documentation Program or
$175,000 (or $200,000 in the case of borrowers who are self-employed) under the
Non-Conforming NoIncome Qualifier Program. The debt service-to-income ratio
generally is 60% or less based on the Qualifying Rate.

         "D" RISK. Under the "D" risk category, the prospective mortgagor may
have experienced significant credit problems in the past. As to non-mortgage
credit, significant prior defaults may have occurred. The borrower is sporadic
in some or all areas with a general disregard for timely payment or credit
standing. With respect to an existing mortgage loan on the subject property, no
payment can be more than 120 days past due. Such existing mortgage loan is not
required to be current at the time the application is submitted. The borrower
may have open collections, charge-offs and judgments, all of which must be paid
simultaneously with the funding of the loan. No current bankruptcy filings by
the borrower are allowed. Borrowers who are in foreclosure are considered. A
maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio of 65% (or 55% for mortgage loans originated under
the Non-Conforming, No-Income Qualifier Program, but 60% if the borrower is
self-employed) is permitted for a mortgage loan in a single-family
owner-occupied property. No mortgage loans on a non-owner-occupied property or a
second home are made in the "D" risk category. The maximum loan amount is
$350,000 under the Non-Conforming, NoIncome Qualifier Program, but $200,000 if
the borrower is self-employed) for mortgage loans on a nonowner-occupied
property or a second home. The debt service-to-income ratio is 60% or less based
on the Qualifying Rate.

         EXCEPTIONS. As described above, the Originators use the foregoing
categories and characteristics as underwriting guidelines only. On a
case-by-case basis, it may determine that the prospective mortgagor warrants a
risk category upgrade, a debt service-to-income ratio exception, a pricing
exception, a loan-to-value exception or an exception from certain requirements
of a particular risk category (collectively called an "upgrade" or an
"exception"). An upgrade or exception may generally be allowed if the
application reflects certain compensating factors, among others: low
loan-to-value ratio; pride of ownership; a maximum of one 30-day late payment on
all mortgage loans during the last 12 months; stable employment, and the length
of residence in the subject property. Accordingly, they may classify certain
mortgage loan applications in a more favorable risk category than other mortgage
loan applications that, in the absence of such compensating factors, would
satisfy only the criteria of a less favorable risk category.



                                       C-4



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission